Download Minimum Standards - Charleston Water System

Survey
yes no Was this document useful for you?
   Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Transcript
COMMISSIONERS OF PUBLIC WORKS
of the
CITY OF CHARLESTON, SOUTH CAROLINA
(D.B.A. CHARLESTON WATER SYSTEM)
MINIMUM STANDARDS
for the
DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION
of
WATER and WASTEWATER SYSTEMS
MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR THE
DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION OF WATER AND WASTEWATER SYSTEMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.
Introduction (Rev. 05/01/17) ................................................................................................ 1-1
2.
A.
B.
C.
Roles & Responsibilities (Rev. 05/01/17)
Charleston Water System ..................................................................................................... 2-1
Developer .............................................................................................................................. 2-2
Developer’s Engineer ............................................................................................................ 2-3
3.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
Submittals and Approvals (Rev. 08/01/17)
General Information ............................................................................................................... 3-1
Water and Wastewater Service Availability............................................................................ 3-2
Preliminary Fee Determination ............................................................................................. 3-3
Plan Review .......................................................................................................................... 3-4
Plan Approval ........................................................................................................................ 3-7
Construction Activity .............................................................................................................. 3-8
Final Inspection ................................................................................................................... 3-10
Record Drawings and Valve Cards ...................................................................................... 3-12
Project Closeout .................................................................................................................. 3-14
Commissioning .................................................................................................................... 3-20
Application for New Services ............................................................................................... 3-21
Project Cancellation ............................................................................................................ 3-22
Attachments to Section 3
Checklists: (Click here for a downloadable PDF of each Checklist)
Closeout Checklist Water ................................................................................... (Rev. 05/01/17)
Closeout Checklist Wastewater .......................................................................... (Rev. 08/01/17)
Record Drawing Checklist Water ........................................................................ (Rev. 08/01/17)
Record Drawing Checklist Wastewater Gravity Sewer Only ............................... (Rev. 08/01/17)
Record Drawing Checklist Wastewater Gravity Sewer with FM and PS .............. (Rev. 08/01/17)
Valve Card Checklist Water ................................................................................ (Rev. 05/01/17)
Valve Card Checklist Wastewater....................................................................... (Rev. 05/01/17)
Easement Plat Checklist..................................................................................... (Rev. 05/01/17)
Legal Documents: (Click here for a fillable PDF of each Legal Document)
Bill of Sale Water ................................................................................................ (Rev. 05/01/17)
Bill of Sale Wastewater....................................................................................... (Rev. 05/01/17)
Affidavit of Title Water ........................................................................................ (Rev. 05/01/17)
Affidavit of Title Wastewater ............................................................................... (Rev. 05/01/17)
Affidavit for Transfer of Real Property................................................................. (Rev. 05/01/17)
TOC-1
Rev. 08/01/17
Title to Real Estate ............................................................................................. (Rev. 05/01/17)
Affidavit for Exempt Transfer .............................................................................. (Rev. 05/01/17)
Maintenance Agreement Water .......................................................................... (Rev. 05/01/17)
Maintenance Agreement Wastewater ................................................................. (Rev. 05/01/17)
Financial Documents: (Click here for a downloadable PDF)
Sample - Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit .................................................... (Rev. 08/01/17)
Easement Agreement: (Click here for a downloadable Word document) ......... (Rev. 05/01/17)
4.
A.
B.
C.
D.
Easements (Rev. 05/01/17)
General Information ............................................................................................................... 4-1
Easement Width .................................................................................................................... 4-1
Easement Plat ....................................................................................................................... 4-3
Easement Agreement ............................................................................................................ 4-3
5.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Development Fees (Rev. 05/01/17)
General Information ............................................................................................................... 5-1
Tap and Impact Fees............................................................................................................. 5-1
Engineering Services Fee Deposit......................................................................................... 5-3
Maintenance Agreement Bond .............................................................................................. 5-3
Maintenance Agreement Final Inspection Fee ....................................................................... 5-3
Origination Fee ...................................................................................................................... 5-4
Impact Fee Reimbursement .................................................................................................. 5-4
Engineering Services Fee Reimbursement............................................................................ 5-4
Other Fees ............................................................................................................................ 5-4
6.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
Water Distribution System Design Standards (Rev. 05/01/17)
General ................................................................................................................................ 6-1
Design Criteria....................................................................................................................... 6-1
Capacity Design .................................................................................................................... 6-3
Separation of Water Mains and Wastewater Mains ............................................................... 6-7
Separation of Water Mains and Storm Drains ........................................................................ 6-7
Water Main Restraint ............................................................................................................. 6-8
Tap Size In Relation To Main Size......................................................................................... 6-8
Valves ................................................................................................................................... 6-8
Blow-Off Assemblies ............................................................................................................. 6-9
7.
A.
B.
C.
D.
Water Distribution System Materials for Construction (Rev. 05/01/17)
General ................................................................................................................................ 7-1
Ductile Iron Pipe .................................................................................................................... 7-1
Joint Material ......................................................................................................................... 7-2
Bedding Material ................................................................................................................... 7-3
TOC-2
Rev. 08/01/17
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
O.
P.
Q.
R.
S.
T.
U.
Polyethylene Encasement ..................................................................................................... 7-3
Metallic Detection Tape ......................................................................................................... 7-4
Tapping Sleeve ..................................................................................................................... 7-4
Fittings ................................................................................................................................. 7-5
Sleeves - 4” And Larger......................................................................................................... 7-5
Restrained Joint Material ....................................................................................................... 7-6
Plugs or Caps – 4” And Larger .............................................................................................. 7-6
Valves .................................................................................................................................. 7-6
Valve Boxes ....................................................................................................................... 7-11
Valve Box Protection Ring .................................................................................................. 7-12
Services ............................................................................................................................. 7-12
Water Service Line Piping ................................................................................................... 7-14
Corporation Valves .............................................................................................................. 7-14
Meter Box ............................................................................................................................ 7-14
Meter Setter ........................................................................................................................ 7-15
Curb Stop ............................................................................................................................ 7-16
Couplings ............................................................................................................................ 7-16
8.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
Water Distribution System Construction Procedures (Rev. 05/01/17)
General ................................................................................................................................ 8-1
Operation of Charleston Water System Valves and Hydrants ................................................ 8-1
Handling of Materials ............................................................................................................. 8-2
Trench Excavation ................................................................................................................. 8-2
Trench Backfill ....................................................................................................................... 8-3
Pipe, Valve, and Appurtenance Installation ........................................................................... 8-4
Connections to Existing Mains ............................................................................................... 8-6
Settle Valves and Valve Boxes .............................................................................................. 8-7
Valve Box Protection Ring ..................................................................................................... 8-7
Installation of Air Release Valves .......................................................................................... 8-8
Metallic Detection Tape Installation ....................................................................................... 8-8
Contractor Installed Water Services ...................................................................................... 8-8
Hydrostatic Testing .............................................................................................................. 8-15
Disinfection ......................................................................................................................... 8-17
9.
A.
B.
C.
D.
Water Distribution System Fire Hydrants (Rev. 05/01/17)
General ................................................................................................................................ 9-1
Material ................................................................................................................................ 9-1
Installation ............................................................................................................................ 9-3
Acceptance .......................................................................................................................... 9-4
10.
A.
B.
Wastewater Collection System Gravity Sewer Design Standards (Rev. 05/01/17)
General ............................................................................................................................... 10-1
Design Criteria.................................................................................................................. ...10-1
TOC-3
Rev. 08/01/17
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Capacity Design .................................................................................................................. 10-2
Separation of Wastewater Mains and Water Mains ............................................................. 10-3
Separation of Wastewater Mains and Storm Drains ............................................................ 10-3
Services .............................................................................................................................. 10-4
Manholes............................................................................................................................. 10-5
11.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Wastewater Collection System Gravity Sewer Materials for Construction (Rev. 05/01/17)
General ............................................................................................................................... 11-1
Pipe and Fittings.................................................................................................................. 11-1
Metallic Detection Tape ....................................................................................................... 11-3
Manholes............................................................................................................................. 11-3
Pipe and Manhole Foundation and Backfill Materials .......................................................... 11-7
12.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
Wastewater Collection System Gravity Sewer Construction Procedures (Rev. 05/01/17)
General ............................................................................................................................... 12-1
Handling of Materials ........................................................................................................... 12-1
Pipe Cutting ......................................................................................................................... 12-2
Trench Excavation ............................................................................................................... 12-2
Trench Backfill ..................................................................................................................... 12-3
Pipe Installation ................................................................................................................... 12-4
Connection of Gravity Sewer to an Existing System ............................................................ 12-5
Manholes............................................................................................................................. 12-6
Services .............................................................................................................................. 12-7
Testing ................................................................................................................................ 12-8
Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) Inspection ..................................................................... 12-16
13.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
Wastewater Collection System Force Main Design Standards (Rev. 05/01/17)
General ............................................................................................................................... 13-1
Design Criteria..................................................................................................................... 13-1
Capacity Design .................................................................................................................. 13-2
Separation of Water Mains and Force Mains ....................................................................... 13-2
Cover .................................................................................................................................. 13-2
Connection to an Existing Gravity System ........................................................................... 13-3
Connection to an Existing Force Main ................................................................................. 13-3
Valves ................................................................................................................................. 13-3
14.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
Wastewater Collection System Force Main Materials for Construction (Rev. 05/01/17)
General ............................................................................................................................... 14-1
Pipe and Fittings.................................................................................................................. 14-1
Metallic Detection Tape ....................................................................................................... 14-6
Tracer Wire ......................................................................................................................... 14-6
Air Release Valves .............................................................................................................. 14-6
Cushioned Swing Check Valves .......................................................................................... 14-8
TOC-4
Rev. 08/01/17
G.
Plug Valves ......................................................................................................................... 14-8
15.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
N.
O.
Wastewater Collection System Force Main Construction Procedures (Rev. 05/01/17)
General ............................................................................................................................... 15-1
Operation of Charleston Water System Valves .................................................................... 15-1
Handling of Materials ........................................................................................................... 15-2
Trench Excavation ............................................................................................................... 15-3
Trench Backfill ..................................................................................................................... 15-4
Pipe, Valve and Appurtenance Installation… ....................................................................... 15-5
Connection to an Existing Gravity System ........................................................................... 15-7
Connection to an Existing Force Main ................................................................................. 15-9
Installation of Air Release Valves ........................................................................................ 15-9
Installation of Cushioned Swing Check Valves .................................................................. 15-10
Installation of Plug Valves ................................................................................................. 15-10
Metallic Detection Tape ..................................................................................................... 15-10
Tracer Wire Installation...................................................................................................... 15-10
Jack and Bore ................................................................................................................... 15-11
Hydrostatic Testing… ........................................................................................................ 15-16
16.
A.
B.
C.
Wastewater Collection System Pump Station Design Standards (Rev. 05/01/17)
General ............................................................................................................................... 16-1
Capacity Design .................................................................................................................. 16-1
Pump Station Design ........................................................................................................... 16-1
17.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
M.
Wastewater Collection System Pump Station Materials for Construction (Rev. 05/01/17)
General ............................................................................................................................... 17-1
Wetwells .............................................................................................................................. 17-1
Primary Level Control System ............................................................................................. 17-2
Backup Level Control System.............................................................................................. 17-2
Piping and Fittings ............................................................................................................... 17-3
Valves ................................................................................................................................. 17-4
SCADA Radio Antenna and Antenna Pole .......................................................................... 17-7
Fencing ............................................................................................................................... 17-7
Station Security Light........................................................................................................... 17-8
Pump Station Sign............................................................................................................... 17-8
Submersible Pump Station .................................................................................................. 17-9
Self-priming Pump Station ................................................................................................. 17-21
Grinder Pump Station ........................................................................................................ 17-29
18.
A.
B.
C.
Wastewater Collection System Pump Station Construction Procedures (Rev. 05/01/17)
General ............................................................................................................................... 18-1
Operation of Charleston Water System Valves .................................................................... 18-1
Handling of Materials ........................................................................................................... 18-1
TOC-5
Rev. 08/01/17
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
Wetwells .............................................................................................................................. 18-2
Level Controls ..................................................................................................................... 18-4
Piping and Fittings ............................................................................................................... 18-4
Valves ................................................................................................................................. 18-5
SCADA Radio Antenna and Antenna Pole .......................................................................... 18-6
Fencing ............................................................................................................................. 18-10
Asphalt .............................................................................................................................. 18-11
Submersible Pump Station ................................................................................................ 18-11
Self-Priming Pump Station................................................................................................. 18-14
TOC-6
Rev. 08/01/17
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
An increase in development in Charleston and rapid expansion of the water and
wastewater systems for the Commissioners of Public Works of the City of Charleston, SC
(D.B.A. Charleston Water System) has resulted in the need for a quality standard for
those systems being deeded to or constructed for Charleston Water System. The
benefits of standardization for Charleston Water System include:

A reduction in overall cost of operations and maintenance

A reduction in the total inventory of spare or replacement components

Familiarity with systems resulting in reduced down time during emergencies
These standards have been adopted by the Board of Commissioners and incorporated
into a single document titled Minimum Standards for the Design & Construction of Water
and Wastewater Systems (a.k.a. Minimum Standards). The Minimum Standards are
maintained on our website and shall be utilized in the design and construction of all water
and wastewater systems within the boundaries of Charleston Water System’s service
area. For document management purposes, the Minimum Standards are divided into
numbered sections with each section having its own revision date. Notifications of revision
are posted on our website. You may also click here to sign up to receive email and/or text
message notifications of all changes affecting Charleston Water System’s Development
Policies, including revisions to the Minimum Standards.
If you have any questions concerning Charleston Water System’s Minimum Standards
for the Design & Construction of Water and Wastewater Systems or Development
Policies, please contact Charleston Water System’s New Development Program
Manager at (843) 727-6869.
ISO 14001 Certification – Awareness of Charleston Water System’s Environmental
Policy
Charleston Water System is certified under ISO 14001, the International Standard for
Environmental Management. Through our environmental management system, we
prevent pollution, protect public health, and adhere to all legal and other requirements.
All firms doing work for Charleston Water System must adhere to our policies, which
require strict adherence to all permits, regulations, and procedures in order to prevent
any adverse impact to the environment. Deviation could result in disapproved work.
To learn more about our environmental management system and ISO 14001 certification,
please visit our website.
1-1
EC-MGT-2 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 2
ROLES & RESPONSIBILITIES
The following information covers the roles and responsibilities of the parties
involved in the submittal and approval process for new water and wastewater
systems and is applicable to all developments requiring water and/or wastewater
service from Charleston Water System.
A.
CHARLESTON WATER SYSTEM
1.
2.
Charleston Water System New Development Program staff will:
a.
Determine water and/or wastewater service availability
b.
Perform hydrostatic flow test at the request of the Developer or the
Developer’s Engineer
c.
Determine all applicable fees
d.
Review plans and permit applications for conformance with the
requirements of these standards
e.
Review and submit Developer Engineer’s prepared encroachment
permits
f.
Identify to the Developer and the Developer’s Engineer any required
changes when plans are not in conformance with the requirements
of these standards
g.
Prepare and execute a Development Agreement
h.
Under the Delegated Review Program, submit the approved permit
application package, as prepared by the Developer’s Engineer, to
the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control
(SC DHEC) for a Permit to Construct
i.
Upon receipt of a SC DHEC Permit to Construct, distribute plans
stamped “Approved for Installation”
Charleston Water System Construction Inspection staff will:
a.
Observe construction related activities to ensure compliance with the
requirements of these standards, approved plans and applicable
permits
2-1
EC-MGT-3 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
B.
b.
Require work determined not to be in compliance with these
standards, approved plans and applicable permits, to be corrected
to the satisfaction of Charleston Water System
c.
Review and approve project Record Drawings and Valve Cards
d.
Perform a Project Commissioning for acceptance of the constructed
water and/or wastewater systems
Charleston Water System Asset Management staff will:
a.
Review and approve project closeout documents
b.
Provide final Operation and Maintenance (O&M) letter(s) to SC
DHEC
c.
Submit a Service Acceptance notification to Charleston Water
System’s Customer Service Department
DEVELOPER
1.
The Developer shall be considered the person or entity initiating the
development of a new residential or commercial property. This can be, but
is not required to be, the Owner of the property. This person or entity shall
have legal authority to execute necessary permits, applications, and legal
documents which require the Owner’s signature. This same person or entity
will execute all documents throughout the project unless the project is sold
and this authority is transferred to the new Owner.
2.
The Developer will:
a.
Provide accurate information as to the person or entity responsible
for the development and their contact information
b.
Be responsible for payment of all fees required in accordance with
these standards
c.
Execute the Development Agreement
d.
Be responsible for the execution of all documents required for project
closeout
e.
Be financially responsible for future requests for repairs, if any arise,
during the maintenance agreement period after takeover of the
constructed system(s) by Charleston Water System
2-2
EC-MGT-3 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
f.
C.
Ensure water and/or wastewater contractor is a Charleston Water
System Approved Contractor. Charleston Water System will not
consider any contractor to be added to the Approved Contractor list
after the date plans are “Approved for Installation”.
DEVELOPER’S ENGINEER
1.
The Developer’s Engineer is the Engineer hired by the Developer or
Property Owner to prepare plans for the extension of water and/or
wastewater infrastructure.
2.
The Developer’s Engineer will:
a.
Request determination of
availability
b.
Request hydrostatic flow test for all water projects
c.
Prepare and submit plans to Charleston Water System in
accordance with the requirements of these standards
d.
Ensure plans are consistent with Charleston Water System’s longterm master plans
e.
Make revisions to the plans in accordance with Charleston Water
System’s requirements
f.
Under the Delegated Review Program, submit to Charleston Water
System the SC DHEC permit application package
g.
Submit to Charleston Water System all encroachment permit
applications
h.
Ensure water and/or wastewater contractor is a Charleston Water
System Approved Contractor. Charleston Water System will not
consider any contractor to be added to the Approved Contractor list
after the date plans are “Approved for Installation”.
i.
Schedule Pre-Construction Meeting with the assigned Charleston
Water System Construction Inspector prior to beginning construction
j.
Monitor all phases of the work in progress during construction
k.
Conduct required testing of systems in the presence of Charleston
Water System’s Construction Inspector
2-3
EC-MGT-3 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
water and/or wastewater
service
l.
Promptly notify Charleston Water System concerning any changes
which may be necessary during the progress of the work; no changes
to the approved plans shall be performed without prior written
approval from Charleston Water System
m.
Certify the work performed is in accordance with the approved plans
and these standards
n.
Schedule a Final Inspection and Commissioning with the assigned
Charleston Water System Construction Inspector to determine
conformance with the “Approved for Installation” plans
o.
Provide all information and submittals as required for project
completion and takeover as defined in Section 3 of these standards
2-4
EC-MGT-3 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 3
SUBMITTALS AND APPROVALS
The following information covers the submittal and approval process for new water
and wastewater systems and is applicable to all developments requiring water
and/or wastewater service from Charleston Water System. No deviation from this
process will be allowed without the expressed written consent of Charleston Water
System.
A.
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.
Charleston Water System will consider for operation and maintenance only
those water and wastewater systems which are within the boundaries of the
Charleston Water System service area.
2.
Design and construction of water and wastewater systems shall be in
accordance with these standards.
3.
Construction of water and wastewater systems to be turned over to
Charleston Water System must be performed by a Charleston Water
System Approved Contractor. The Approved Contractor lists for both Large
Projects (those greater than $50,000) and Small Projects (those $50,000
and less) are available on our website. Requirements for being considered
an Approved Contractor can be obtained by contacting the Assistant
Director
of
Engineering
and
Construction
by
email
at
[email protected] or by telephone at (843) 727-6876.
4.
All connections to Charleston Water System’s existing water and
wastewater systems must be approved and inspected by Charleston Water
System.
5.
No water or wastewater system shall be put into service, nor will any service
application be accepted, prior to the receipt of all approved project closeout
documents, applicable fees, and the Permit to Operate as issued by the
South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control (SC
DHEC).
6.
Charleston Water System has specific requirements and specifications for
the selection and installation of backflow prevention assemblies. As part of
Plan Review, the Cross Connection Control Program Manager will review
the plans and make an assessment of the backflow requirements for the
project. Information regarding Charleston Water System’s backflow
prevention requirements is available on our Cross Connection Control
Program website or by contacting the Cross Connection Control Program
Manager at (843) 727-7216.
3-1
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
7.
Developers, Designers, Planners, Engineers and others associated with
implementing projects are strongly encouraged to meet with Charleston
Water System’s Engineering & Construction Department to review plans
and coordinate proposed projects with Charleston Water System’s longterm master plans. An appointment can be made by contacting Charleston
Water System’s New Development Program Manager at (843) 727-6869.
8.
Prior to designing water and wastewater systems, the Developer and the
Developer’s Engineer are encouraged to take into careful consideration all
Charleston Water System Development Policies.
9.
A full description of Charleston Water System’s fees can be found in Section
5 of these standards. Charleston Water System’s fees are subject to review
by the Commissioners and may be amended from time to time.
10.
Project submittals are to be sent to Charleston Water System at the
following address:
New Development Program Manager
Charleston Water System
103 St. Philip Street
Charleston, SC 29403
B.
WATER AND WASTEWATER SERVICE AVAILABILITY
1.
The initial step for any new water or wastewater system being considered
by Charleston Water System is for the Developer or the Developer’s
Engineer to complete and submit a Request for Service Availability to
determine service availability for the proposed development.
2.
The information provided in the request for the proposed development will
be utilized by Charleston Water System to perform a preliminary hydraulic
analysis of the proposed water and/or wastewater system.
3.
Based on the results and conclusion determined by the preliminary
hydraulic analysis, a Service Availability Letter will be issued by Charleston
Water System stating whether service is available or is not available for the
proposed development.
4.
A Service Availability Letter will be valid for 12 months from the date of
issuance.
5.
Any subsequent changes to the proposed development deemed significant
by Charleston Water System may invalidate the Service Availability Letter
and necessitate submission of a new Request for Service Availability.
3-2
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
6.
C.
No Preliminary Fee Determination or Plan Review will be conducted without
a valid Service Availability Letter stating Charleston Water System’s
willingness and ability to provide water and/or wastewater service.
PRELIMINARY FEE DETERMINATION
1.
2.
3.
Upon receipt of a Service Availability Letter, the Developer or the
Developer’s Engineer shall submit a Preliminary Fee Determination
package to Charleston Water System’s New Development Program
Manager. The package shall include the following items (in hard copy or
digital format) or Preliminary Fee Determination will not proceed:
a.
A valid Water and/or Wastewater Service Availability Letter
b.
Completed Preliminary Fee Determination Worksheet
c.
One (1) copy of water and/or wastewater system plans
d.
One (1) copy of demolition plans, if applicable
e.
Water and/or wastewater calculations. Provide copy of Charleston
Water System hydrostatic flow test results.
f.
Completed Asset Inventory Worksheet (submitted digitally in Excel
format) showing Developer Engineer’s line item cost estimate for the
water and wastewater assets to be turned over to Charleston Water
System at the end of the project. Cost estimates should reflect, in
general, all expenses associated with bringing the assets into
service.
In return, the New Development Program Manager will provide to the
Developer and the Developer’s Engineer a Preliminary Fee Determination
for the following:
a.
Engineering Services Fee Deposit
b.
Impact Fees
c.
Tap Fees
d.
Description of Project Closeout Fees
For a full description of fees refer to Section 5 of these standards.
3-3
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
D.
PLAN REVIEW
1.
Project Types
a.
Main Extension Projects
Main extension projects are defined as those projects that require the
extension of a water or wastewater main to provide service and/or fire
protection to the development and typically require a SC DHEC
Permit to Construct.
b.
Service Only Projects
Service Only Projects are defined as those projects which include fire
hydrant installations, dedicated fire services, and commercial and
domestic water and wastewater services which do not typically
require a SC DHEC Permit to Construct.
c.
2.
Dedicated Fire Services
1.
A dedicated fire service is defined as an unmetered service to
a single structure, without looping or connection to a public or
private hydrant, which provides water supply for use in internal
fire protection systems only. No commercial, domestic,
industrial, or other water uses are allowed.
2.
Charleston Water System will only be responsible for
operation and maintenance of the dedicated fire service from
the Charleston Water System water main to the edge of the
right-of-way or easement. See Construction Details.
3.
Any portion of the dedicated fire service that extends beyond
the edge of the right-of-way or easement shall be considered
private and is the responsibility of the Owner.
4.
Any portion of the dedicated fire service that is considered
private and is constructed in the City of Charleston, the
underground fire service contractor must obtain a Fire Service
Underground Permit from the City of Charleston Fire
Department prior to beginning construction.
Submittal Requirements and Review Process
a.
Upon receipt of the Preliminary Fee Determination, the Developer or
the Developer’s Engineer shall submit a plan review package to
Charleston Water System’s New Development Program Manager.
3-4
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
The package shall include the following items, or Plan Review will
not proceed:
1.
Engineering Services Fee Deposit (Required for Main
Extension Projects Only)
2.
Four (4) sets of water and/or wastewater system plans signed,
sealed and dated by an Engineer registered in the state of
South Carolina. Plans shall include:
a.
Complete system design. Include cover sheet, general
development plans, building layout plans, drainage
plans, landscape plans, and demolition plans along
with water and wastewater system plans. Landscape
plans shall include any proposed hardscapes (i.e.,
signage, architectural columns, retaining walls or other
types of above ground structures). Demolition plans
shall include all existing water and wastewater services
proposed for abandonment.
b.
Plan view for all water and wastewater projects.
c.
Profile for wastewater gravity sewer mains and force
mains.
d.
Profile for all water mains 10-inch and larger.
e.
Profile for all water mains on Peninsula Charleston,
regardless of main size. Peninsula Charleston shall be
defined as the areas south of Mount Pleasant Street.
f.
Profile for all water mains at storm drain crossings.
g.
Profile for all water and wastewater mains installed by
Jack and Bore or Horizontal Directional Drill or where
steel casing is used.
h.
For commercial developments, provide location and
size of all proposed water and wastewater services.
i.
County Tax Map Reference Number of Property and
information showing Municipality, if one exists.
j.
All public and private rights-of-way. Plans should
indicate ownership of existing roadways (City, County,
or State). Indicate the agency to operate and maintain
proposed roadways.
3-5
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
k.
All existing and proposed easements and their
ownership.
l.
Location and width of all existing and proposed
Charleston Water System easements.
m.
For commercial developments requesting water for
temporary fire protection prior to receipt of a SC DHEC
Permit to Operate, provide the following:
1.
Location of single point of connection to the
public potable water system.
2.
Location of Charleston Water System approved
Reduced
Pressure
Principle
backflow
prevention assembly and Charleston Water
System approved Fire Service Water Meter.
Backflow assembly and meter shall be sized by
the Developer’s Engineer to provide the
required fire flow. See Construction Details.
3.
In cases where the water system plans show
multiple connection points to the public potable
water system, indicate on the plans a minimum
3-foot air-gap separation at all other locations.
One (1) set of typed or printed water and/or wastewater
calculations signed, sealed and dated by an Engineer
registered in the state of South Carolina. Calculations shall
be in accordance with the requirements set forth in the
applicable sections of these standards.
a.
Water Mains – Section 6, Water Distribution System
Design Standards. For commercial developments
requesting water for temporary fire protection, provide
additional fire flow calculations based on the size of the
proposed backflow prevention assembly and fire
service meter.
b.
Wastewater Gravity Sewer Mains – Section 10,
Wastewater Collection System Gravity Sewer Design
Standards.
c.
Wastewater Force Mains - Section 13, Wastewater
Collection System Force Main Design Standards.
3-6
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
d.
b.
E.
Wastewater Pump Stations – Section 16, Wastewater
Collection System Pump Station Design Standards.
Upon review of the submitted plan review items, the assigned
Charleston Water System Engineering Assistant responsible for the
plan review will return to the Developer’s Engineer:
1.
Written design change requirements and/or one (1) set of
plans indicating necessary corrections.
2.
Request for any other required information pertinent to the
proposed project.
3.
Written notice as to whether a Charleston Water System
Approved Large Projects Contractor or Small Projects
Contractor shall be utilized to construct the water and
wastewater systems.
4.
Backflow review comments; if applicable.
PLAN APPROVAL
1.
The Developer’s Engineer shall submit to the assigned Charleston Water
System Engineering Assistant one (1) set of revised water and/or
wastewater system plans based on the design change requirements and
corrections identified during Charleston Water System’s initial plan review.
Once an acceptable set of plans are approved by Charleston Water System,
the Engineering Assistant will notify the Developer’s Engineer in writing.
2.
Upon notification of plan approval, the Developer’s Engineer shall submit to
the Charleston Water System Engineering Assistant, the following:
a.
Seven (7) complete sets of approved plans
b.
Impact Fee balances due
c.
Completed SC DHEC Construction Permit Application. Permit
application will not be submitted to SC DHEC until all impact fees
have been paid.
d.
All information necessary to obtain required encroachment permit(s).
Charleston Water System will submit applications for encroachment
permit to the appropriate permitting Agencies in the name of
Charleston Water System.
3-7
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
F.
Upon approval of the plans, the New Development Program Manager will
provide to the Developer a standard Charleston Water System
Development Agreement for immediate execution. No project will proceed
prior to receipt of a fully executed Charleston Water System Development
Agreement.
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY
1.
Construction of water and wastewater systems to be turned over to
Charleston Water System must be performed by a Charleston Water
System Approved Contractor. Charleston Water System will not consider
any contractor to be added to the Approved Contractor list after the date
plans are “Approved for Installation”. The Approved Contractor lists for both
Large Projects (those greater than $50,000) and Small Projects (those
$50,000 and less) are available on our website.
2.
The SC DHEC Permit to Construct and an executed Charleston Water
System Development Agreement must be received by Charleston Water
System prior to beginning construction of any water and/or wastewater
systems.
3.
Once the SC DHEC Permit to Construct has been received by Charleston
Water System, plans stamped “Approved for Installation” will be distributed
to the Developer and the Developer’s Engineer for use by the Contractor.
No construction activity shall proceed prior to receipt of stamped plans.
These stamped plans shall remain on the construction site at all times.
4.
Prior to construction activities taking place, the Developer’s Engineer shall
coordinate in advance a Pre-Construction Meeting with the assigned
Charleston Water System Construction Inspector.
The Developer,
Developer’s Engineer, Approved Contractor(s), and Charleston Water
System’s Construction Inspector shall be in attendance at a minimum.
5.
All required encroachment permits must be received by Charleston Water
System prior to performing construction activities in any existing public
rights-of-way and/or easements. Upon receipt of the encroachment
permit(s), the assigned Charleston Water System Engineering Assistant will
distribute copies of the permit(s) to the Developer’s Engineer and the
assigned Charleston Water System Construction Inspector.
6.
The Developer’s Engineer is responsible for monitoring the project as
required to ensure construction of the water and wastewater systems meets
all design requirements and Charleston Water System’s Minimum
Standards.
3-8
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
7.
If any requirements for carrying out project construction are not met,
Charleston Water System reserves the right to have the Developer’s
Engineer issue a STOP WORK ORDER.
8.
For commercial developments requesting water for temporary fire
protection prior to receipt of a SC DHEC Permit to Operate, the following
additional requirements apply:
a.
At the beginning of construction, a temporary water meter and
backflow preventer shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor
in-line between the new main and the single point of connection to
the existing public potable water system as shown in the plans
stamped “Approved for Installation”. All other connections shown
within the project shall be separated by a minimum 3-foot air-gap
from the existing public potable water system. See Construction
Details.
b.
The Developer’s Engineer shall be responsible for ensuring the
backflow assembly and meter are appropriately sized to provide the
fire flow required by the jurisdictional authority for fire protection in
the project area.
c.
The water meter shall be a fire service meter. The Contractor shall
provide to the Charleston Water System Construction Inspector an
accuracy calibration certificate for the meter that is no more than one
(1) year old from the date of installation. If the accuracy calibration
certification expires while in use, the Contractor shall remove and
replace the meter with one that has a valid certification or remove
the meter and have it calibrated. Water will be shut-off until a meter
with a current accuracy calibration certificate is provided.
d.
The backflow preventer shall be a USC Foundation approved
Reduced Pressure Principle backflow prevention assembly. Upon
installation, the assembly shall be inspected by the assigned
Charleston Water System Construction Inspector and tested by a
Charleston Water System Approved Backflow Prevention Assembly
Tester. Testing is the responsibility of the Contractor. An approved
test must be received by the Charleston Water System Construction
Inspector prior to placing the water system into operation.
e.
Upon successful installation of the water meter and backflow
assembly, the Charleston Water System Inspector will perform an
initial read on the water meter. The meter will be read monthly, at a
minimum, and consumption data will be provided by the Charleston
Water System Construction Inspector to the Developer’s Engineer
and the Contractor. Water consumption will be billed in accordance
3-9
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
with Charleston Water System’s established water rates and will be
due prior to Commissioning.
G.
f.
Prior to providing water for temporary fire protection, the new water
system must be pressure tested in accordance with these
standards. Upon a satisfactory pressure test, the water valve
connected to the public potable water system will be opened to
provide temporary fire protection. No other uses of the water, except
for fire protection, will be allowed unless written permission is
provided by Charleston Water System and approval by SC DHEC.
g.
Upon completion of construction and prior to performing final water
system pressure testing, all other connections separated by air gap
shall be connected to the public potable water system as shown on
the plans stamped “Approved for Installation”.
h.
After Final Inspection and after successful bacteriological testing,
the temporary meter and backflow assembly shall be removed and
replaced with straight pipe connected by mechanical joint sleeves.
FINAL INSPECTION
1.
The purpose of the Final Inspection is to inspect all aspects of the
constructed water and/or wastewater system(s) to determine conformance
with the plans “Approved for Installation” by Charleston Water System.
2.
Upon completion of construction and prior to scheduling the Final
Inspection, the Developer’s Engineer shall submit a Final Inspection
package to the assigned Charleston Water System Project and Asset
Records Specialist. The Final Inspection package shall include the following
items:
a.
One (1) draft hard copy of Record Drawings for review. Record
Drawings shall be prepared in accordance with the requirements of
Part H of this Section.
b.
One (1) draft hard copy of all water main and wastewater force main
Valve Cards for review. Valve Cards shall be prepared in accordance
with the requirements of Part H of this Section.
c.
Pressure test results for all water mains and wastewater force mains.
Test results shall be certified by the Developer’s Engineer or the
Developer Engineer’s representative.
3-10
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
d.
Low-pressure test results for wastewater gravity sewers. Test results
shall be certified by the Developer’s Engineer or the Developer
Engineer’s representative.
e.
Two (2) copies of Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) inspection for
wastewater gravity sewers. CCTV submittal shall be in accordance
with the requirements of Section 12 of these standards.
f.
Mandrel test results, when directed by Charleston Water System, for
wastewater gravity sewers. Test results shall be certified by the
Developer’s Engineer or the Developer Engineer’s representative.
g.
Manhole vacuum test results, when directed by Charleston Water
System, for wastewater gravity sewers. Test results shall be certified
by the Developer’s Engineer or the Developer Engineer’s
representative.
h.
Pump Stations – For projects involving wastewater pump stations,
the following additional items shall be provided:
1.
One (1) draft hard copy of Pump Station Record Drawings and
Valve Cards for review. See Construction Details.
2.
All electrical schematics, drawdown test results, and float
level settings laminated and mounted inside the control panel
door.
3.
Complete list of supplied spare parts as specified in Section
17 of these standards.
4.
Applicable SCADA information as determined by contacting
Charleston Water System’s SCADA Manager at (843) 8634010.
3.
If any items are determined to be missing or if corrections are required,
Charleston Water System will provide notification to the Developer’s
Engineer.
4.
Upon Charleston Water System approval of the Final Inspection package,
the Project and Asset Records Specialist will notify the Developer’s
Engineer to proceed with scheduling the Final Inspection. Please allow a
minimum of seven (7) working days for review and approval of the Final
Inspection package.
5.
Upon notification of approval, the Developer’s Engineer shall schedule a
Final Inspection with the assigned Charleston Water System Construction
3-11
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Inspector. A minimum of seven (7) working days shall be allowed for
scheduling. The Developer’s Engineer, the Charleston Water System
Approved Contractor, the assigned Charleston Water System Construction
Inspector, and representatives from Charleston Water System’s Water
Distribution and/or Wastewater Collection Department(s) shall be in
attendance, at a minimum.
6.
H.
Upon completion of the Final Inspection, Charleston Water System’s
Construction Inspector will prepare a punch list of items to be corrected by
the Contractor and will issue the punch list to the Developer’s Engineer.
RECORD DRAWINGS AND VALVE CARDS
1.
After the Final Inspection, the Developer’s Engineer shall submit one (1)
hard copy of revised Record Drawings and Valve Cards for final approval
to the assigned Charleston Water System Project and Asset Records
Specialist. Requirements for Digital Submittals for approved Record
Drawings and Valve Cards are described under Part I of this Section.
a.
Record Drawings
Record Drawings shall reflect all As-Constructed conditions for
mains, water services, and wastewater sewer lateral placements.
Record Drawings shall be sealed, signed, and dated by an Engineer
registered in the state of South Carolina and include the following
items at a minimum:
1.
Plan view for all water and wastewater projects.
2.
Profile for all wastewater gravity sewer mains and force
mains.
3.
Profile for all water mains 10-inch and larger.
4.
Profile for all water mains on Peninsula Charleston,
regardless of size. Peninsula Charleston shall be defined as
areas south of Mount Pleasant Street.
5.
Profile for all water mains at storm drain crossings.
6.
Profile for all water and wastewater mains installed by Jack
and Bore and Horizontal Directional Drill or where steel casing
is used.
7.
Plan view and elevation view for wastewater pump stations.
3-12
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
8.
Show all corresponding Street Addresses and Names, Unit
Numbers, Tax Map Numbers, Block Designations and Lot
Numbers for each parcel shown on the drawings, including
wastewater pump stations.
9.
Show station numbers at all valves, manholes, fire hydrants,
blow-offs, water services, wastewater sewer services, air
release valves, bends, tees, reducers and all other fittings.
10.
Provide a Coordinate Table for all installed water and/or
wastewater appurtenances in a tabular format on the Record
Drawings. Coordinate values (North and Easting) shall be
based on South Carolina State Plane Coordinate System
NAD 83, tied to the correct realization of the South Carolina
Geodetic Survey Virtual Reference Station (VRS) network
and elevations related to National Geodetic Vertical Datum of
1929 (NGVD 1929). The table shall include Point Number,
Northing, Easting, Elevation, Station Number and Description.
Elevations must be provided for water valves (captured from
top of nut, not the lid) and wastewater manholes (captured rim
elevation). If abbreviations are used as descriptors, a key to
those abbreviations must be provided.
11.
Line lengths and termination points.
12.
Indicate rim elevation, invert elevation, and inside diameter of
manholes. Include invert elevation of any other manhole
connections to include inside drops and force main
connections.
13.
Reference benchmarks on drawings and tie to National
Geodetic Vertical Datum of 1929 (NGVD29).
14.
Surveyed locations of water and wastewater facilities,
including gravity line elevations, shall be sealed, signed and
dated by a Professional Land Surveyor registered in the state
of South Carolina and sealed, signed and dated by an
Engineer registered in the state of South Carolina.
15.
Show all recorded plan and easement information on the
Record Drawings.
16.
Record Drawings must be clearly legible, accurate, and of
good quality. If the drawings indicate inaccuracies, they will
be returned to the Developer’s Engineer for revision. Project
Commissioning will not occur until the Record Drawings are
3-13
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
approved by the Charleston Water System Construction
Inspector. The Developer’s Engineer is responsible for the
accuracy of all Record Drawings. For additional information
regarding Record Drawing requirements, refer to the Record
Drawing Checklists.
b.
Valve Cards
Valve Cards shall reflect all As-Constructed conditions for all valves
and hydrants and include the following at a minimum:
I.
1.
Valve Cards shall be prepared in accordance with Charleston
Water System’s Valve Card Detail for all wastewater force
main valves, water valves, and hydrants, showing the
manufacturer, model name, year, size, direction, and number
of turns.
2.
Prepare Valve Cards for “Dummy” valve boxes for tracer wire
when applicable.
3.
Valves are to be located by distance to two permanent
perpendicular reference points. Diagonal measurements or
distances are not acceptable.
4.
Valve Cards must be clearly legible, accurate, and of good
quality. If the drawings indicate inaccuracies, they will be
returned to the Developer’s Engineer for revision. Project
Commissioning will not occur until the Valve Cards are
approved by the Charleston Water System Construction
Inspector. The Developer’s Engineer is responsible for the
accuracy of all Valve Cards. For additional information
regarding Valve Card requirements, refer to the Valve Card
Checklist.
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
1.
Upon completion of the Final Inspection and final approval of Record
Drawings and Valve Cards by the Charleston Water System Construction
Inspector, the Developer and the Developer’s Engineer shall coordinate the
submittal of a Project Closeout package to the assigned Charleston Water
System Project and Asset Records Specialist. The Project Closeout
package shall include the following items:
a.
Developer Engineer’s Letter of Certification stating the project is
complete and has been constructed in accordance with the plans
“Approved for Installation” by Charleston Water System.
3-14
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
b.
Bacteriological sample test results from an SC DHEC certified
laboratory. Test Results must be less than 30 days old.
c.
Pressure test results for all water mains and wastewater force mains.
Test results shall be certified by the Developer’s Engineer or the
Developer Engineer’s representative.
d.
Low-pressure test results for wastewater gravity sewers. Test results
shall be certified by the Developer’s Engineer or the Developer
Engineer’s representative.
e.
Mandrel test results, when directed by Charleston Water System, for
wastewater gravity sewers. Test results shall be certified by the
Developer’s Engineer or the Developer Engineer’s representative.
f.
Manhole vacuum test results, when directed by Charleston Water
System, for wastewater sewer manholes. Test results shall be
certified by the Developer’s Engineer or the Developer Engineer’s
representative.
g.
Pump station drawdown test results for all wastewater pump stations.
Test results shall be certified by the Developer’s Engineer or the
Developer Engineer’s representative.
h.
Record Drawings and Valve Cards
Submit five (5) additional hard copies of final approved Record
Drawings and two (2) additional hard copies of final approved Valve
Cards along with required Digital Submittals as described below. The
Developer’s Engineer or Surveyor shall deliver digital files on a CD
or DVD in AutoCAD format (.dwg). Charleston Water System does
not use Civil Packages inside AutoCAD; therefore, the State Plane
Coordinates must be tied to the drawing in AutoCAD in order for the
drawings to be placed in the correct position inside GIS. For more
information, contact the GIS Technician at (843) 727-7128.
1.
Record Drawings in AutoCAD format
a.
Submit in accordance with the requirements of Part
H.1.a of this Section.
b.
Provide in NAD 83 South Carolina State Plane
Coordinates, oriented Grid North and tied to the current
realization of the South Carolina Geodetic Survey
Virtual Reference Station (VRS) network. Vertical
coordinates shall be related to the National Geodetic
3-15
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Vertical Datum NGVD 1929 (Z coordinate). The Bench
Mark and vertical datum shall be noted on the
Developer’s plans. Example: THIS DRAWING
REFERENCES NAD 83 (2011) HORIZONTAL STATE
PLANE COORDINATE SYSTEM, ELEVATIONS ARE
BASED ON NGVD 1929 VERTICAL DATUM.
2.
c.
Show each drawing entity with coordinates tied to SC
Grid, and show the grid tie at the point of connection to
the existing system with bearing and distance to the
Grid monument used and identified.
d.
Have water and wastewater lines in separate drawing
layers.
e.
Have all water appurtenances (i.e., hydrants, valves,
services, tees, etc.) and all wastewater appurtenances
(i.e., manholes, valves, cleanouts, etc.) in separate
drawing layers.
Coordinate Table
A Coordinate Table with coordinate values (Northing, Easting)
and elevations related to NGVD 1929 for all installed water
and/or wastewater appurtenances shall be delivered in a
comma delimited ASCII file in the format Point Number,
Northing, Easting, Elevation and Description. Elevations must
be provided for water valves (captured from top of nut, not the
lid) and wastewater manholes (captured rim elevation). If
abbreviations are used as descriptors, a key to those
abbreviations must be provided. Coordinate figures shall be
based on the South Carolina State Plane Coordinate System,
NAD 83 and ties to the current realization of the South
Carolina Geodetic Survey Virtual Reference Station (VRS)
network. The surveyor also has the option to provide this file
as a .txt or .xls file with the same format as referenced above.
3.
Valve Cards in AutoCAD format
Submit in accordance with the requirements of Part H.1.b of
this Section.
3-16
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
4.
i.
Record Drawings and Easement Plats (PDF)
a.
PDF shall be black and white with white background.
Minimal color text or graphics pertinent to the submittal
will be accepted.
b.
Final PDF should be saved to open in proper
orientation.
c.
If drawing is multiple pages, either a single multi-page
PDF or individual files are allowed. If individual files are
used, clearly show the page number within the drawing
file name.
Asset Inventory Worksheet
The Asset Inventory Worksheet (submitted digitally in Excel format)
shall include all assets removed or installed as reflected by the As
Constructed condition and the corresponding Record Drawings.
Items documented in the Asset Inventory Worksheet will be checked
against the Record Drawing for accuracy. Any inaccuracies identified
will require correction prior to worksheet acceptance. The applicable
sheets shall be submitted based on installed assets. All costs input
in the inventory shall reflect, in general, all expenses associated with
bringing the asset into service. Unit costs for linear assets shall be
entered as price per foot of material.
j.
Legal Documents (Click here for a fillable PDF of each Legal
Document)
1.
Affidavit of Title Water – Establishes the Developer (Grantor)
as the possessor of the title of the water utility infrastructure
assets to be transferred to Charleston Water System
(Grantee).
2.
Affidavit of Title Wastewater – Establishes the Developer
(Grantor) as the possessor of the title of the wastewater utility
infrastructure assets to be transferred to Charleston Water
System (Grantee).
3.
Bill of Sale Water – Conveys ownership of the water utility
infrastructure to Charleston Water System.
4.
Bill of Sale Wastewater - Conveys ownership of the
wastewater utility infrastructure to Charleston Water System.
3-17
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
k.
5.
Maintenance Agreement Water – Establishes a two-year
maintenance period for repair of any deficiencies in the water
utility infrastructure at the expense of the Developer.
6.
Maintenance Agreement Wastewater – Establishes a twoyear maintenance period for repair of any deficiencies in the
wastewater utility infrastructure at the expense of the
Developer.
7.
Pump Stations – For projects involving wastewater pump
stations, the following additional legal documents shall be
provided:
a.
Affidavit for Transfer of Real Property - Establishes the
Grantor as the possessor of the title of the real property
to be transferred to Charleston Water System
(Grantee).
b.
Title to Real Estate – Conveys ownership of the real
property from the Grantor to Charleston Water System
(Grantee).
c.
Affidavit for Exempt Transfer – Establishes the deed as
being exempt from the deed recording fee because it
is a transfer to a political subdivision of the State.
Easements
1.
Plats - Submit six (6) hard copies; each must have original
signature and seal. The prints shall be no larger than 22” x
34”and prepared in accordance with the requirements of
Charleston Water System and the requirements of the Office
of Register Mesne Conveyance / Register of Deeds for the
County in which the plat is to be recorded. Charleston Water
System will record all easement plats. For additional
information regarding easement plat requirements, refer to
the Easement Checklist.
2.
Easement Agreement - As an instrument of conveyance,
prepare and submit a Charleston Water System Easement
Agreement.
3.
Subdivision Plat - Submit one (1) hard copy.
3-18
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
l.
2.
Pump Stations - For projects involving wastewater pump stations,
the following additional items shall be provided:
1.
Provide one (1) hard copy and one (1) electronic copy of all
applicable Operation and Maintenance manuals.
2.
Provide one (1) hardcopy or electronic copy of current electric
bill to be used for account transfer upon Commissioning.
Upon receipt of all requirements for Project Closeout, the assigned
Charleston Water System Project and Asset Records Specialist shall issue
the final quotes for the Maintenance Agreement Bond and Maintenance
Agreement Final Inspection Fee described below:
a.
Maintenance Agreement Bond
As a part of the Maintenance Agreement, the Developer shall furnish
a 10% bond based on the installed value of the water and/or
wastewater system assets as documented in the Asset Inventory
Worksheet submitted by the Developer’s Engineer. The bond may
be either cash or an Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit from a
financial institution. No bonding agencies will be accepted. Payment
of the Maintenance Agreement Bond must be received prior to
issuance of the Service Acceptance Letter. When payment is made
using an Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit, the Issuance Date for
the letter of credit shall be between the date of Final Inspection and
the date of Commissioning, and shall cover a period of at least two
(2) years from the Issuance Date.
b.
Maintenance Agreement Final Inspection Fee
The Maintenance Agreement Final Inspection Fee is charged at
$0.50 per linear foot of water main and wastewater force main
installed, and $2.00 per linear foot of wastewater gravity main
installed. This is a non-refundable fee which covers expenses to
perform the Maintenance Agreement final inspection. Payment of
the Maintenance Agreement Final Inspection Fee must be received
prior to issuance of the Service Acceptance Letter.
3.
Concurrently, the Charleston Water System Project and Asset Records
Specialist will issue an O&M letter to SC DHEC. This letter is in conjunction
with any documentation from the Developer’s Engineer required by SC
DHEC for issuance of a Permit to Operate.
3-19
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
J.
COMMISSIONING
1.
The purpose of the Commissioning is to ensure all punch list items have
been satisfactorily addressed by the Contractor and to conduct a final walk
through of the constructed water and/or wastewater systems. Upon
acceptance of the systems by all parties, the Charleston Water System
Construction Inspector shall have all responsible parties sign a Project
Commissioning Form documenting final acceptance.
2.
Upon receipt of the SC DHEC Permit to Operate, the Developer’s Engineer
shall coordinate with the assigned Charleston Water System Construction
Inspector to schedule the onsite Project Commissioning. A minimum of five
(5) working days shall be allowed for scheduling. The Developer’s Engineer,
Charleston Water System Approved Contractor and the assigned
Charleston Water System Construction Inspector shall be in attendance.
3.
The items listed below shall be provided by the Developer’s Engineer for
use at the Commissioning. If any items are not provided, Commissioning
will not proceed:
4.
a.
Two (2) hard copies of final Record Drawings sealed, signed, and
dated by an Engineer registered in the state of South Carolina.
These copies are in addition to those required in Part I of this Section.
b.
Two (2) hard copies of all water main and wastewater force main
Valve Cards. These copies are in addition to those required in Part
I of this Section.
Pump Stations
For projects involving wastewater pump stations, the following additional
items shall be provided:
a.
Two (2) hard copies of final Pump Station Record Drawings sealed,
signed, and dated by an Engineer registered in the state of South
Carolina. These copies are in addition to those required in Part I of
this Section.
b.
Complete set of spare parts as specified in Section 18 of these
standards.
c.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals
1.
Four (4) hard copies and one (1) electronic PDF submittal of
operation, maintenance, and service manuals for each piece
of equipment prepared in the following format:
3-20
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
a.
Manuals shall be specific to the equipment supplied
1.
Provide factory pump curves for installed pumps
2.
Manuals applicable to many different
configurations and which require the operator to
selectively read portions of the instructions will
not be accepted
3.
The equipment model that the manual applies to
shall be indicated by an arrow
b.
Table of Contents specific to each manual
c.
At the beginning of each manual, provide a description
of the equipment to include model numbers, purchase
order numbers, serial numbers, motor information, and
performance and design criteria
d.
Correlate manuals with approved shop drawings and
include the following minimum information:
1.
Parts list, including recommended spare parts
2.
Guarantees/Warranties
3.
Provide a maintenance and lubrication schedule
to be a summary of all preventative
maintenance and lubrication
4.
Address and telephone numbers of the source
for repairs, spare parts, and service
5.
Detailed descriptions of operating procedures
for the item of equipment specifically written for
this installation, including start-up and shutdown procedures
6.
Equipment
performance
specifications,
including pump curves and drawdown test data
7.
Results of start-up and any further
recommendations resulting from start-up
3-21
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
d.
K.
Upon successful Commissioning, the assigned Charleston Water
System Project and Asset Records Specialist will transfer the pump
station electrical service account to Charleston Water System.
APPLICATION FOR NEW SERVICES
1.
Upon successful Project Commissioning and payment of all Project
Closeout fees, a Service Acceptance Letter will be issued to Charleston
Water System’s Customer Service Department. No request for services will
be accepted prior to issuance of the Service Acceptance Letter.
2.
Applications for service shall be submitted through Charleston Water
System’s Customer Service Department. Application may be made in
person, at our website or by contacting the Customer Service Department
at (843) 727-6800. Accurate account information is required to ensure
correct billing and to expedite the installation of services. Tap fees are
generally paid at this time.
3.
If Charleston Water System has determined that a backflow prevention
assembly is required, a notification will be mailed to the Owner. Water
service will not be turned on until the assembly has been installed by the
Owner’s contractor and inspected by Charleston Water System’s CrossConnection Control Department. It is the responsibility of the contractor
installing the assembly to notify the Cross-Connection Control Department
and to schedule the inspection. Upon successful completion of the
inspection, the assembly must be tested within seven (7) days after the date
of inspection. Testing is the responsibility of the Owner and must be
performed by a Charleston Water System Approved Backflow Prevention
Assembly Tester. Information regarding Charleston Water System’s
backflow prevention requirements is available on our Cross Connection
Control Program website or by contacting the Cross Connection Control
Program Manager at (843) 727-7216.
4.
Any wastewater service connection to a Charleston Water System cleanout
must be inspected by Charleston Water System’s Wastewater Collection
Department prior to backfilling the wastewater service at the point of
connection to the cleanout. To schedule an inspection, contact the
Wastewater
Collection
Department
by
email
at
[email protected]
5.
For wastewater services requiring a grease trap, a Grease Trap Application
must be completed and an inspection of the newly installed grease trap
must be performed. For additional information, or to schedule an
inspection, contact the Wastewater Collection Department at
[email protected]
3-22
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
L.
PROJECT CANCELLATION
1.
Any project without “Activity” from the Developer, the Developer’s Engineer
or the Developer’s Utility Contractor for a period of twelve (12) months,
concerning intent to proceed with the project, shall be cancelled by
Charleston Water System and any Service Availability Letter issued by
Charleston Water System for utility service shall be considered withdrawn.
Examples of “Activity” include such actions as plan submittals, payment of
fees, meetings with Charleston Water System’s New Development Program
Manager and/or Engineering & Construction Department Staff, written
correspondence concerning design, submittal of permit applications, and
water and/or wastewater construction activities. Examples not considered
“Activity” are submittals to other municipal planning departments or review
boards, telephone calls, and correspondence with other permitting
agencies.
2.
Impact Fee refunds will be handled according to the status of the project at
the time it is canceled. Please see Section 5 of these standards for a
complete description. If the Developer wishes to proceed with a project
after Charleston Water System has closed its project file, a new project
submittal will be required in conformance with Charleston Water System’s
current policies. Impact Fees will be assessed at the rates current at the
time the project is resubmitted.
3.
Engineering Services Fee refunds will be handled according to the status
of the project at the time it is canceled. Please see Section 5 of these
standards for a complete description. If the Developer wishes to proceed
with a project after Charleston Water System has closed its project file, a
new project submittal will be required in conformance with Charleston Water
System’s current policies. Engineering Services Fees will be assessed at
the rates current at the time the project is resubmitted. No credit will be
given for Engineering Services Fees previously retained by Charleston
Water System for projects that have been canceled and resubmitted.
3-23
EC-MGT-4 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
CHECKLISTS
Charleston Water System
Closeout Checklist – Water
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
Complete
Engineer’s Letter of Certification
Bacteriological sample test results
Pressure test results
Record drawing (5 hard copies)
Valve cards (2 hard copies)
Digital submittal (record drawings, valve cards, dummy valve cards,
easement plat, coordinate table - ASCII file)
PDF submittal (record drawings, valve cards, dummy valve cards,
easement plat)
Asset Inventory Worksheet
Affidavit of Title
Bill of Sale
Maintenance Agreement (if required)
Approved easement plat (6 hard copies)
Recorded subdivision plat (1 hard copy)
Easement Agreement
10% Maintenance Agreement Bond (if required)
Maintenance Agreement Final Inspection Fee (if required)
Signatures (sign and date)
ENGINEER:
DATE:
CWS PARS:
DATE:
CWS INSPECTOR:
DATE:
Page 1 of 1
AG-AM-6 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
CWS
Complete
Incomplete
Charleston Water System
Closeout Checklist – Wastewater
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
Complete
Engineer’s Letter of Certification
Pressure test results (force mains)
Low-pressure test results (gravity sewer)
Mandrel test results (gravity sewer)
Manhole vacuum test results (gravity sewer)
Pump station drawdown test results
Record drawing (5 hard copies)
Valve cards (2 hard copies)
Digital submittal (record drawings, valve cards, dummy valve cards,
easement plat, ASCII file)
PDF submittal (record drawings, valve cards, dummy valve cards,
easement plat)
Asset Inventory Worksheet
Affidavit of Title
Bill of Sale
Maintenance Agreement (if required)
Affidavit for Transfer of Real Property (pump station)
Affidavit for Exempt Transfer of Real Property (pump station)
Title to Real Estate (pump station)
Approved easement plat (6 hard copies)
Recorded subdivision plat (1 hard copy)
Easement Agreement
Pump station operation and maintenance manuals (1 hard copy, 1
electronic)
Pump station electric bill for account transfer (hard copy or
electronic)
10% Maintenance Agreement Bond (if required)
Maintenance Agreement Final Inspection Fee (if required)
Signatures (sign and date)
ENGINEER:
DATE:
CWS PARS:
DATE:
CWS INSPECTOR:
DATE:
Page 1 of 1
AG-AM-7 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
CWS
Complete
Incomplete
Charleston Water System
Record Drawing Checklist – Water
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
Complete
CWS Project Name (on all sheets)
CWS Project # (on all sheets)
CWS Extension # (on all sheets)
DHEC Permit # (on all sheets)
Block Designation
Tax Map Numbers
Lot and Unit Numbers
Street Names
Site Map – Minimum size 3”x 3”
Text Height – 0.08-inch or larger
New mains must be shown as a dark, thick line and labeled with
length, diameter, material (example: 150 LF, 6” DIP)
Graphic and Relative Scales - Maximum 1”=40’
North Arrow
Legend
Utility Contractor’s Name, Address, Phone Number, Email Address
Engineering Firm Name, Address, Phone Number
Construction Completion Date (month, year)
Horizontal and Vertical Datum (on all sheets)
Professional Land Surveyor (PLS) Signature & Stamp
Registered Professional Engineer (PE) Signature & Stamp
Water Easements – Label as “xx-FT CWS Utility Easement”
Installed Material Listing – CWS Asset Inventory Worksheet and
Record Drawing must reflect same information:
Pipe – length, diameter, material
Valves – size, type, quantity
Hydrants – make, quantity
Services – diameter, quantity
Coordinate Table for all installed water appurtenances in a tabular
format, State Plane Coordinates (NAD 83) to include:
Point Number
Northing
Easting
Elevation
Page 1 of 2
AG-AM-8 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
CWS
Complete
Incomplete
Charleston Water System
Record Drawing Checklist – Water
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
Complete
Station Number
Description
Profiles must be provided for:
Mains 10” and larger
Mains on Peninsula Charleston regardless of main size
Mains at storm drain crossings
Indicate how the new main ties into the existing main (show as
dashed and label size), show point of tie-in in State Plane
Coordinates
Indicate main diameter, material type, and total distance on line
Service Lines – indicate distance from main to meter box (example:
20 LF, 1” Copper)
End of Main – label and show in State Plane Coordinates
Signatures (sign and date)
ENGINEER:
DATE:
CWS PARS:
DATE:
CWS INSPECTOR:
DATE:
Page 2 of 2
AG-AM-8 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
CWS
Complete
Incomplete
Charleston Water System
Record Drawing Checklist – Wastewater Gravity Sewer Only
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
Complete
CWS Project Name (on all sheets)
CWS Project # (on all sheets)
CWS Extension # (on all sheets)
DHEC Permit # (on all sheets)
Block Designation
Tax Map Numbers
Lot and Unit Numbers
Street Names
Site Map – minimum size 3”x 3”
Text Height – 0.08-inch or larger
New mains must be shown as a dark, thick line and labeled with
length, diameter, material (example: 150 LF, 8” PVC)
Graphic and Relative Scales - Maximum 1”=40’
North Arrow
Legend
Utility Contractor’s Name, Address, Phone Number, Email Address
Engineering Firm Name, Address, Phone Number
Construction Completion Date (month, year)
Horizontal and Vertical Datum (on all sheets)
Professional Land Surveyor (PLS) Signature and Stamp
Registered Professional Engineer (PE) Signature and Stamp
Sewer Easements – Label as “xx-FT CWS Utility Easement”
Installed Material Listing – CWS Asset Inventory Worksheet and
Record Drawing must reflect same information:
Pipe – length, diameter, material
Manholes – diameter, quantity
Services – diameter, quantity
Cleanouts – quantity
Coordinate Table for all installed sewer appurtenances in a tabular
format, State Plane Coordinates (NAD 83) to include:
Point Number
Northing
Easting
Elevation
Page 1 of 2
AG-AM-9 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
CWS
Complete
Incomplete
Charleston Water System
Record Drawing Checklist – Wastewater Gravity Sewer Only
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
Complete
Station Number
Description
Indicate how the new main ties into the existing main (show as
dashed and label size), show point of tie-in in State Plane
Coordinates.
Manhole Invert and Top Elevations - show on both Plan and Profile
sheets
Manhole Station Numbers – must be tied to State Plane
Coordinates
Manholes Numbered
Gravity Sewer Mains (show on both Plan and Profile):
Length – manhole to manhole
Percent of grade (slope) – manhole to manhole
DIP Sewer Sections – manhole to manhole length or other
sections
Wye Stations – Station number and must be tied to State Plane
Coordinates
Service Lines – indicate distance from main to first cleanout within
the easement or right-of-way
End of Main – label and show in State Plane Coordinates
Signatures (sign and date)
ENGINEER:
DATE:
CWS PARS:
DATE:
CWS INSPECTOR:
DATE:
Page 2 of 2
AG-AM-9 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
CWS
Complete
Incomplete
Charleston Water System
Record Drawing Checklist – Wastewater Gravity Sewer with Pump Station and Force Main
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
Complete
CWS Project Name (on all sheets)
CWS Project # (on all sheets)
CWS Extension # (on all sheets)
DHEC Permit # (on all sheets)
Block Designation
Lot, Unit, Tax Map Numbers
Street Names
Site Map – minimum size 3”x 3”
Text Height – 0.08-inch or larger
New mains must be shown as a dark, thick line and labeled with
length, diameter, material (example: 150 LF, 8” PVC)
Graphic and Relative Scales - Maximum 1”=40’
North Arrow
Legend
Utility Contractor’s Name, Address, Phone Number, Email Address
Engineering Firm Name, Address, Phone Number
Construction Completion Date (month, year)
Horizontal and Vertical Datum (on all sheets)
Professional Land Surveyor (PLS) Signature and Stamp
Registered Professional Engineer (PE) Signature and Stamp
Sewer Easements – Label as “xx-FT CWS Utility Easement”
Installed Material Listing – CWS Asset Inventory Worksheet and
Record Drawing must reflect same information:
Pipe – length, diameter, material
Manholes – diameter, quantity
Services – diameter, quantity
Cleanouts – quantity
Valves – diameter, type, quantity
Coordinate Table for all installed sewer appurtenances in a tabular
format, State Plane Coordinates (NAD 83) to include:
Point Number
Northing
Easting
Elevation
Station Number
Page 1 of 3
AG-AM-10 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
CWS
Complete
Incomplete
Charleston Water System
Record Drawing Checklist – Wastewater Gravity Sewer with Pump Station and Force Main
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Description
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
Complete
CWS
Complete
Incomplete
GRAVITY MAIN
Indicate how the new gravity main ties into the existing main (show
as dashed and label size), show point of tie-in in State Plane
Coordinates
Manhole Invert and Top Elevations - show on both Plan and Profile
sheets
Manhole Station Numbers – must be tied to State Plane
Coordinates
Manholes Numbered
Gravity Sewer Mains (show on both Plan and Profile):
Length (manhole to manhole), diameter, material
Percent of grade (slope) – manhole to manhole
DIP Sewer Sections – manhole to manhole length or other
sections
Wye Stations – Station number and must be tied to State Plane
Coordinates
Service Lines – indicate distance from main to first cleanout within
the easement or right-of-way
End of Main – label and show in State Plane Coordinates
Engineer
FORCE MAIN
Complete
Indicate how the new force main ties into the existing force main or
manhole (show as dashed and label size), show point of tie-in in
State Plane Coordinates
Sewer Force Mains (show on both Plan and Profile):
Length (pump station to discharge point), diameter, material
Percent of Grade (slope) – if applicable
Valves
Air Release Valve Station Numbers – must be tied to State Plane
Coordinates
Force Main Valves – must be in State Plane Coordinates with
Stations Numbers (include elevation to top of operating nut)
Page 2 of 3
AG-AM-10 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
CWS
Complete
Incomplete
Charleston Water System
Record Drawing Checklist – Wastewater Gravity Sewer with Pump Station and Force Main
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
Complete
PUMP STATION
Address and TMS# of Pump Station property (if known)
Pump Station Plan and Details
Pump Station Electrical Schematics
Signatures (sign and date)
ENGINEER:
DATE:
CWS PARS:
DATE:
CWS INSPECTOR:
DATE:
Page 3 of 3
AG-AM-10 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
CWS
Complete
Incomplete
Charleston Water System
Valve Card Checklist - Water
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
Compete
CWS Project Name
CWS Project #
CWS Extension #
Two (2) tie-down dimensions to all mains, bends, fittings, valves,
hydrants, meters, etc. from centerline of street pavement, sewer
manholes, storm drain box, power poles (include power pole
number), etc. (perpendicular dimensions only in whole feet, no
tenths)
Tie-down dimension to the centerline of nearest recognized street
or intersection
Street Names
Size and material of water mains and fittings
Concrete and asphalt pavements (sidewalks, driveways, streets,
etc.)
Easements and width (if applicable)
Existing Utilities (if shown on Record Drawing)
Private valves shown as open circles and labeled as "Private Valve"
(example: PIV for unmetered fire services, do not list in the valve
table)
North Arrow
Existing Valve Card number when applicable
Valve table information:
Location
Size
Make (manufacturer/model)
Type (gate, butterfly, tapping, control)
Date set
Number of turns - counted on site
Opening (open left – OL, open right – OR)
Hydrant information:
Manufacturer/model – 3 way
Year
Bury depth (depth is determined by probing to top of pipe
and adding 6”)
Opening size and direction (open left – OL, open right – OR)
Page 1 of 2
AG-AM-11 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
CWS
Complete
Incomplete
Charleston Water System
Valve Card Checklist - Water
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
Compete
CWS
Complete
Incomplete
Extension kit installed (include length of extension)
NOTE: for reference use CWS detail drawing #28 "Typical Water Valve Card" located in the Standard
Construction Detail Drawings of the Minimum Standards
Signatures (sign and date)
ENGINEER:
DATE:
CWS PARS:
DATE:
CWS INSPECTOR:
DATE:
Page 2 of 2
AG-AM-11 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Charleston Water System
Valve Card Checklist – Wastewater
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
Complete
CWS
Complete
Incomplete
CWS Project Name
CWS Project #
CWS Extension #
Two (2) tie-down dimensions to all bends, fittings, valves,
manholes, etc. from centerline of street pavement, storm drain box,
power poles (include power pole number), etc. (perpendicular
dimensions only in whole feet, no tenths)
Tie-down dimension to the centerline of nearest recognized street
or intersection
Street Names
Size and material of sewer mains and fittings
Main type, i.e. gravity main or force main
Concrete and asphalt pavements (sidewalks, driveways, streets,
etc.)
Easements and width (if applicable)
Existing Utilities (if shown on Record Drawing)
North Arrow
Existing Valve Card number when applicable
Direction of flow in sewer main
Label: wet well, dry well, electric box, vent, power poles, etc.
Reference drawing from which the valve card was developed
Valve table information:
Location
Size
Make (manufacturer/model)
Type – valves shall be identified as follows: ARV – air
release valve, CV - check valve, EV - elder valve, GV – gate
valve, PV – plug valve, TWB – tracer wire box
Date set
Number of turns - counted on site
Opening (open left – OL, open right – OR)
NOTE: for reference use CWS detail drawing #07 "Typical Wastewater Valve Card" located in the
Standard Construction Detail Drawings of the Minimum Standards.
Page 1 of 2
AG-AM-12 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Charleston Water System
Valve Card Checklist – Wastewater
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Signatures (sign and date)
ENGINEER:
DATE:
CWS PARS:
DATE:
CWS INSPECTOR:
DATE:
Page 2 of 2
AG-AM-12 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Charleston Water System
Easement Plat Checklist
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
CWS
Complete
CWS Project Name (on all sheets)
CWS Project # (on all sheets)
CWS Extension # (on all sheets)
Minimum size – 11" x17"
Maximum size - 22" x 34"
Prints stamped and sealed with surveyor’s impression seal
Prints signed by a Registered Land Surveyor, original signatures on
all copies
Location description of property
City, county and state where lot is located
Date of survey or plat
Graphic and Relative Scales - Maximum 1”=50’
North Arrow
Legend
Surveyors’ Name, Address, Phone Number, Email Address
Registration number of Surveyor & certification relative to class
Name of subdivision of which survey is a part
Book and page number of the subdivision as registered in the
R.M.C. office of the County where plat is recorded, if applicable
North arrow designated using State Plane Coordinate System
Must have one State Plane Coordinate Tie
Bearing and distance plotted to the scale indicated on the plat
Name of adjacent land owners or lot numbers
Highway and/or street(s) name
Waterways
List all prior plat/deed references
Does the title read "PLAT OF A (STATE WIDTH) UTILITY
EASEMENT PREPARED FOR THE CHARLESTON CPW
THROUGH THE PROPERTY(IES) OF (STATE OWNERS NAME)”
Do all easement sidelines have bearings and distances?
Are tie distances from the sidelines of the easement to the property
corners of all properties crossed, including all individual subdivision
lot lines?
Is the total width of the easement shown?
Page 1 of 2
AG-AM-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Not Complete
Charleston Water System
Easement Plat Checklist
PROJECT NAME:
ENGINEERING FIRM:
ENGINEERING CONTACT:
DATE:
Required Items (refer to Minimum Standards)
Engineer
CWS
Complete
Does easement curve data include delta, radius, length, chord, and
chord bearing?
Is the Tax Map Number shown on the plat?
Are all existing easements shown?
Have encroachment permits been obtained for all existing
easements, which are being encroached upon?
Have ALL CURRENT South Carolina LLR minimum standards
been met?
Have six (6) prints, with original signatures been sent to Charleston
Water System?
Signatures (sign and date)
ENGINEER:
DATE:
CWS PARS:
DATE:
CWS SURVEY MANAGER:
DATE:
Page 2 of 2
AG-AM-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Not Complete
LEGAL
DOCUMENTS
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA )
)
COUNTY OF _______________ )
BILL OF SALE
WATER
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that __________________________________
for and in consideration of the sum of ONE AND NO/100 Dollars ($1.00), and other valuable
consideration, to it in hand paid, at and before the sealing and delivery of these presents by THE
COMMISSIONERS OF PUBLIC WORKS OF THE CITY OF CHARLESTON, the receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, have bargained and sold, and by these presents do bargain, sell, and deliver
to the said THE COMMISSIONERS OF PUBLIC WORKS OF THE CITY OF CHARLESTON, the
following described property, to-wit:
Pipes, manholes, pump stations, valves, fittings and all appurtenances associated with the
water utility infrastructure installed at Seller’s expense within those areas designated within the pump
station site, dedicated easements or located within the rights-of-way of any street on that certain plat
entitled ________________________________________________________________________
dated ___________________, prepared by ________________________________, P.L.S. and all
other water utility infrastructure components installed subsequent to the date of said plat, through
this date.
To have and to hold the same unto the said THE COMMISSIONERS OF PUBLIC WORKS
OF THE CITY OF CHARLESTON, its Successors and Assigns, forever.
And the Seller does hereby bind its Heirs, Successors and Assigns, to warrant and forever
defend all and singular the said bargained property unto the said THE COMMISSIONERS OF
PUBLIC WORKS OF THE CITY OF CHARLESTON, its Successors and Assigns, against Grantor
and its Heirs, Successors and Assigns, and all persons lawfully claiming or to claim the same, or
any part thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF Grantor has hereunto set its hand and seal on the _____ day of
_______________, 20 ____.
_____________________________
_____________________________
Signature of Witness
Signature of Grantor
_____________________________
_____________________________
Signature of Witness
Type or Print Name of Grantor
Sworn to before me this ________day of ________________________, 20_____.
____________________________________________
(Notary Affix Seal)
Notary Public for the State of _____________________
My Commission Expires: ________________________
Page 1 of 1
AG-AM-15 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA )
)
COUNTY OF _______________ )
BILL OF SALE
WASTEWATER
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that __________________________________
for and in consideration of the sum of ONE AND NO/100 Dollars ($1.00), and other valuable
consideration, to it in hand paid, at and before the sealing and delivery of these presents by THE
COMMISSIONERS OF PUBLIC WORKS OF THE CITY OF CHARLESTON, the receipt of which is
hereby acknowledged, have bargained and sold, and by these presents do bargain, sell, and deliver
to the said THE COMMISSIONERS OF PUBLIC WORKS OF THE CITY OF CHARLESTON, the
following described property, to-wit:
Pipes, manholes, pump stations, valves, fittings and all appurtenances associated with the
wastewater utility infrastructure installed at Seller’s expense within those areas designated within
the pump station site, dedicated easements or located within the rights-of-way of any street on that
certain plat entitled ___________________________________________________________
dated _______________________, prepared by ______________________________, P.L.S. and
all other wastewater utility infrastructure components installed subsequent to the date of said plat,
through this date.
To have and to hold the same unto the said THE COMMISSIONERS OF PUBLIC WORKS
OF THE CITY OF CHARLESTON, its Successors and Assigns, forever.
And the Seller does hereby bind its Heirs, Successors and Assigns, to warrant and forever
defend all and singular the said bargained property unto the said THE COMMISSIONERS OF
PUBLIC WORKS OF THE CITY OF CHARLESTON, its Successors and Assigns, against Grantor
and its Heirs, Successors and Assigns, and all persons lawfully claiming or to claim the same, or
any part thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF Grantor has hereunto set its hand and seal on the _____ day of
_______________, 20 ____.
_____________________________
_____________________________
Signature of Witness
Signature of Grantor
_____________________________
_____________________________
Signature of Witness
Type or Print Name of Grantor
Sworn to before me this ________day of ________________________, 20_____.
____________________________________________
(Notary Affix Seal)
Notary Public for the State of _____________________
My Commission Expires: ________________________
Page 1 of 1
AG-AM-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA )
)
COUNTY OF _______________ )
AFFIDAVIT OF TITLE
WATER
______________________________________________________________________, being
duly sworn, deposes and says:
1. That ____________________________________________________________________,
a duly organized corporation under the laws of the State of _________________________,
is the sole owner of the water utility infrastructure described in the Bill of Sale to which this
Affidavit is attached and that is the same entity which executed the Bill of Sale to which this
Affidavit is attached.
2. That said business has full right to transfer title to the above described water utility
infrastructure.
3. That such water utility infrastructure is free and clear of all liens, security interest, liabilities,
obligations and encumbrances.
4. That there are no judgments against ___________________________________________
in any court of the State of South Carolina or the United States and there are no replevins,
attachment executions, or other writs against said business; that it has not filed any petition
in bankruptcy, nor has any petition in bankruptcy been filed against said business; and that it
has not been adjudicated a bankrupt.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF Grantor has hereunto set its hand and seal on the _____ day of
_______________, 20 ____.
_____________________________
_____________________________
Signature of Witness
Signature of Grantor
_____________________________
_____________________________
Signature of Witness
Type or Print Name of Grantor
Sworn to before me this ________day of ________________________, 20_____.
____________________________________________
(Notary Affix Seal)
Notary Public for the State of _____________________
My Commission Expires: ________________________
Page 1 of 1
AG-AM-17 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA )
)
COUNTY OF _______________ )
AFFIDAVIT OF TITLE
WASTEWATER
______________________________________________________________________, being
duly sworn, deposes and says:
1. That ____________________________________________________________________,
a duly organized corporation under the laws of the State of _________________________,
is the sole owner of the wastewater utility infrastructure described in the Bill of Sale to which
this Affidavit is attached and that is the same entity which executed the Bill of Sale to which
this Affidavit is attached.
2. That said business has full right to transfer title to the above described wastewater utility
infrastructure.
3. That such wastewater utility infrastructure is free and clear of all liens, security interest,
liabilities, obligations and encumbrances.
4. That there are no judgments against ___________________________________________
in any court of the State of South Carolina or the United States and there are no replevins,
attachment executions, or other writs against said business; that it has not filed any petition
in bankruptcy, nor has any petition in bankruptcy been filed against said business; and that it
has not been adjudicated a bankrupt.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF Grantor has hereunto set its hand and seal on the _____ day of
_______________, 20 ____.
_____________________________
_____________________________
Signature of Witness
Signature of Grantor
_____________________________
_____________________________
Signature of Witness
Type or Print Name of Grantor
Sworn to before me this ________day of ________________________, 20_____.
____________________________________________
(Notary Affix Seal)
Notary Public for the State of _____________________
My Commission Expires: ________________________
Page 1 of 1
AG-AM-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA
COUNTY OF _______________
)
)
)
AFFIDAVIT FOR
TRANSFER OF REAL PROPERTY
PERSONALLY appeared before me the undersigned, who being duly sworn, deposes and says:
1. I have read the information on this Affidavit and I understand such information.
2. The property is being transferred by Title to Real Estate to The Commissioners of Public Works of the City of
Charleston on this ________day of ________________________, 20____.
3. Check one of the following: The DEED is
a. _________ subject to the deed recording fee as a transfer for consideration paid or to be paid in money or
money’s worth.
b. _________ subject to the deed recording fee as a transfer between a corporation, a partnership, or other entity
and a stockholder partner or owner of the entity or is a transfer to a trust or as distribution to a trust beneficiary.
c.
EXEMPT from the deed recording fee because of exemption #2.
(If exempt, please skip items 4-6, and go to item 8 on this affidavit.)
4. Check one of the following if either item 3(a) or item 3(b) above has been checked.
a. _________The fee computed on the consideration paid or to be paid in money or money’s worth in the amount
of $__________.
b. _________The fee is computed on the fair market value of the realty.
c. _________The fee is computed on the fair market value of the realty as established for property tax purposes
which is $_________.
5. Check YES___ or NO___ to the following: A lien of encumbrance existed on the land, tenement, or realty before the
transfer and remained on the land, tenement, or reality after the transfer. If “YES”, the amount of the outstanding
balance of this lien or encumbrance is $______________________.
6. The DEED Recording Fee is computed as follows:
a. $ _______The amount listed in item 4 above.
b. $ _______The amount listed in item 5 above (no amount place zero).
c. $ _______Subtract Line 6(b) from Line 6(a) and place the result.
7. As required by Code Section 12-24-70, I state that I am the responsible person who was connected with the
transaction as Grantor, Grantee or Legal Representative.
8. I understand that a person required to furnish this affidavit who willfully furnishes a false or fraudulent affidavit is
guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, must be fined not more than one thousand dollars or imprisoned not
more than one year, or both.
Sworn to before me this ________day of
___________________________, 20_____
___________________________________________
Grantor, Grantee or Legal Representative
Connected with this transaction (sign above)
___________________________________________
(Type or Print Name Here)
_________________________________________
(Notary Affix Seal)
Notary Public for the State of __________________
My Commission Expires: _____________________
Page 1 of 1
AG-AM-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA )
)
COUNTY OF _______________ )
TITLE TO REAL ESTATE
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that ____________________________________
in the State aforesaid, in consideration of the sum of ONE AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($1.00), to the
Grantor(s) in hand paid at and before sealing of the presents by the Grantee(s) (the receipt whereof
is hereby acknowledged), have granted, bargained, sold and released, and by these presents do
grant, bargain, sell and release unto the said THE COMMISSIONERS OF PUBLIC WORKS OF THE
CITY OF CHARLESTON:
ALL that lot, piece or tract of land in County of ____________________ and State aforesaid,
as shown on that certain plat entitled “________________________________________________”
dated _______________________, prepared by ____________________________, P.L.S., and
recorded in the RMC/ROD Office for _____________________ County in Plat Book ________,
Page ______, and more fully delineated as follows:
_____________________________________________________________________________ .
BEING A PORTION OF THE SAME PROPERTY conveyed to ________________________
by Deed of __________________________________ dated ____________________, and
recorded in the RMC/ROD Office for _______________County on ____________________, in
Book _______, Page______.
TMS No. _________________________
GRANTEE(S) ADDRESS: 103 St. Philip Street, Charleston, South Carolina 29403
TOGETHER with all and Singular the Rights, Members, Hereditaments and Appurtenances
to the said premises belonging, or in anywise incident or appertaining.
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD and all singular the said Premises before mentioned unto the
Grantee(s) hereinabove named, and Grantee’s(s) Successors and Assigns, forever.
And the Grantor(s) do(es) hereby bind the Grantor(s) and the Grantor’s Heirs, Successors
and Assigns, to warrant and forever defend all and singular the said premises unto the Grantee(s)
here in above named, and the Grantee’s Successors and Assigns against the Grantor(s) and the
Grantor’s Heirs, Successors, and Assigns against every person whomsoever lawfully claiming or to
claim the same or any part thereof.
Page 1 of 2
AG-AM-20 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Witness the Grantor’s hand(s) and seal(s) this ______ day of _______________, 20______.
Signed, Sealed and Delivered in the Presence of:
_____________________________
_____________________________
Signature of Witness
Signature of Grantor
_____________________________
_____________________________
Signature of Witness
Type or Print Name of Grantor
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA )
)
COUNTY OF _______________ )
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I, ___________________________, Notary Public for the State of _______________________, do
hereby certify that ___________________________________________ personally appeared
before me this day and acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing instrument.
Sworn to before me this _____ day of _______________, 20 ____.
_____________________________________________________
Notary Affix Seal
Notary Public for the State of _____________________________
My Commission Expires: ________________________________
Page 2 of 2
Rev. 05/01/17
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA )
)
COUNTY OF _______________ )
AFFIDAVIT FOR
EXEMPT TRANSFER
PERSONALLY appeared before me the undersigned, who being duly sworn, deposes and says:
1. I have read the information on this affidavit and I understand such information.
2. The property being transferred is located at __________________________________________
bearing County Tax Map Number ___________________, was transferred by easement
document to The Commissioners of Public Works of the City of Charleston (CPW) on the
____day of ___________, 20______.
3. The deed is exempt from the deed recording free because it is a transfer to a political subdivision
of the State.
If exempt under exemption #14 as described in the Information section of this affidavit, did the
agent and principal relationship exist at the time of the original sale and was the purpose of this
relationship to purchase the realty? Check Yes ___ or No X
4. As required by Code Section 12-24-70, I state that I am a responsible person who was connected
with the transaction as: Officer of The Commissioners of Public Works of the City of Charleston
(Grantee).
5. I understand that a person required to furnish this affidavit who willfully furnishes a false or
fraudulent affidavit is guilty of a misdemeanor and, upon conviction, must be fined not more than
one thousand dollars or imprisoned not more than one year, or both.
_________________________________________
Responsible Person Connected with the Transaction
_________________________________________
Type or Print Name Here
Sworn to before me this ________day of ________________________, 20_____.
____________________________________________
(Notary Affix Seal)
Notary Public for the State of _____________________
My Commission Expires: ________________________
Page 1 of 1
AG-AM-21 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA )
)
COUNTY OF _______________ )
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
WATER
We, the undersigned ____________________________________________________, as
Developer(s) of ____________________________________________________________ agree
to guarantee on behalf of The Commissioners of Public Works of The City of Charleston (The
Commission) that any deficiencies found within the said development’s water utility infrastructure will
be repaired at the Developer’s expense for the period of two (2) years from the date of
Commissioning of the water utility infrastructure for said project, which occurred on the ______day
of ________________, 20 ______.
Now, therefore, the condition of this obligation is such that the Developer shall make good all
defects appearing in the work performed installing the water utility infrastructure for said project.
Defects shall be defined as faulty workmanship or materials which may develop during the period of
two (2) years from the date of Commissioning of the water utility infrastructure. Should the above
conditions be met, this agreement shall be null and void and the total amount of the maintenance
bond returned to:
Name:
_________________________________________
Company to receive refund
Address:
_________________________________________
Street Address (P.O. Box Not Accepted)
_________________________________________
City, State & Zip Code
The Commission shall notify the Developer of defective work requiring immediate repair. If
the defective work is not corrected within thirty (30) days of the Developer’s receipt of this
notification, The Commission has the right to make the repairs by whatever means necessary and
use the Developer’s 10% maintenance bond in the amount of $ ______________________ to pay
all costs for said repairs. Additionally, The Commission may also hold or cancel the installation of
future services within the development.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF Grantor has hereunto set its hand and seal on the _____ day of
_______________, 20 ____.
_____________________________
_______________________________
Signature of Witness
Signature of Grantor
_____________________________
_______________________________
Signature of Witness
Type or Print Name of Grantor
Sworn to before me this _____ day of _______________, 20 ____.
_____________________________________________________
Notary Affix Seal
Notary Public for the State of _____________________________
My Commission Expires: ________________________________
Page 1 of 1
AG-AM-22 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA )
)
COUNTY OF _______________ )
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
WASTEWATER
We, the undersigned ____________________________________________________, as
Developer(s) of ____________________________________________________________ agree
to guarantee on behalf of The Commissioners of Public Works of The City of Charleston (The
Commission) that any deficiencies found within the said development’s wastewater utility
infrastructure will be repaired at the Developer’s expense for the period of two (2) years from the
date of Commissioning of the wastewater utility infrastructure for said project, which occurred on the
______day of ________________, 20 ______.
Now, therefore, the condition of this obligation is such that the Developer shall make good all
defects appearing in the work performed installing the wastewater utility infrastructure for said
project. Defects shall be defined as faulty workmanship or materials which may develop during the
period of two (2) years from the date of Commissioning of the wastewater utility infrastructure.
Should the above conditions be met, this agreement shall be null and void and the total amount of
the maintenance bond returned to:
Name:
_________________________________________
Company to receive refund
Address:
_________________________________________
Street Address (P.O. Box Not Accepted)
_________________________________________
City, State & Zip Code
The Commission shall notify the Developer of defective work requiring immediate repair. If
the defective work is not corrected within thirty (30) days of the Developer’s receipt of this
notification, The Commission has the right to make the repairs by whatever means necessary and
use the Developer’s 10% maintenance bond in the amount of $ ______________________ to pay
all costs for said repairs. Additionally, The Commission may also hold or cancel the installation of
future services within the development.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF Grantor has hereunto set its hand and seal on the _____ day of
_______________, 20 ____.
_____________________________
_______________________________
Signature of Witness
Signature of Grantor
_____________________________
_______________________________
Signature of Witness
Type or Print Name of Grantor
Sworn to before me this _____ day of _______________, 20 ____.
_____________________________________________________
Notary Affix Seal
Notary Public for the State of _____________________________
My Commission Expires: ________________________________
Page 1 of 1
AG-AM-23 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
FINANCIAL
DOCUMENTS
SAMPLE - IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT
(NOTE: FORM MAY VARY, SUBSTANCE MAY NOT)
BANK LETTERHEAD
IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT
TO:
ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION DEPARTMENT
COMMISSIONERS OF PUBLIC WORKS
103 ST PHILIP STREET
CHARLESTON, SC 29403
EFFECTIVE DATE
AMOUNT OF LETTER OF CREDIT
DEVELOPER
CWS PROJECT NUMBER
CWS PROJECT NAME
LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER
$
To Whom It May Concern:
We hereby establish our “Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit” in your favor, available by your draft(s) at sight, drawn on
(Name of Bank issuing this Standby letter of Credit) accompanied by a manually signed statement that the signer is “an
authorized Officer or representative of the Commissioners of Public Works of the City of Charleston, South Carolina
(Commissioners). Each Draft shall include the following documentation:
a) A copy of the original Letter of Credit, together with any amendments, and
b) A sight draft drawn by Charleston Water System
Drafts must be presented for negotiations at our bank on or before the expiration date of this letter, (Expiration Date),
which shall be not less than Two (2) Years from the Effective Date of this letter.
This Letter of Credit shall be governed by the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) Uniform Customs and Practice
for Documentary Credits, 2007 Revision UCP 600 or most current revision in force on the date of issuance. This Letter
of Credit shall also be governed by the laws of the State of South Carolina. In the event of any conflict, the laws of the
State of South Carolina will control.
We hereby agree with the drawers, endorsers and bona fide holders that all drafts drawn under and in compliance with
the terms of this Letter of Credit will be duly honored upon presentation of the above documents for negotiation at our
bank on or before the expiration date. If Charleston Water System has not drawn the full amount of this Letter of Credit
prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall be automatically extended for a period of sixty (60) days from the
Expiration Date, unless the Issuer notifies Charleston Water System in writing at least sixty (60) days prior to the
Expiration Date that the issuer elects not to extend this Letter of Credit. If the Issuer elects not to extend this Letter of
Credit, any unused amount of the credit shall be available to Charleston Water System upon presentation of the required
draft documentation prior to the Expiration Date.
Very truly yours,
____________________________________________
(Authorized Signature)
____________________________________________
(Typed Name and Title)
NOTE: FORM MAY VARY, SUBSTANCE MAY NOT
AG-AM-24 (Rev. 08/01/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
EASEMENT
AGREEMENT
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA
)
)
COUNTY OF _______________ )
RIGHT- OF-WAY
AND UTILITY EASEMENT
WHEREAS, the undersigned own(s) a certain parcel of land bearing
_______________ County Tax Map number ___________________; and
WHEREAS, the Commissioners of Public Works of the City of Charleston,
South Carolina has requested a permanent easement across said property for the
purpose of constructing utility lines which the property owner(s) has/have agreed to
grant.
NOW, THEREFORE, KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Legal
Name of Property Owner(s) (hereinafter called the "Grantor(s)"), in consideration
of the sum of __________________________ and 00/100 ($_______________.00)
Dollars to the Grantor(s) in hand paid for the easements granted hereunder, at and
before the sealing of these presents, by the COMMISSIONERS OF PUBLIC
WORKS OF THE CITY OF CHARLESTON, SOUTH CAROLINA, the receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged, has/have granted, bargained, sold and released, and
by these presents does/do grant, bargain, sell and release unto the
COMMISSIONERS OF PUBLIC WORKS OF THE CITY OF CHARLESTON,
SOUTH CAROLINA (hereinafter called the "Commissioners"), its successors and
assigns forever, the following right-of-way(s) and easement(s):
A permanent, transferable, assignable right–of–way and utility easement for
a commercial purpose over, under and across a strip of land designated “XX
PERMANENT EASEMENT X.XX ACRE/XX.XX SQ. FT” and shown as being
contained between the lines running between the letters designated A, B, C etc. on
Page 1 of 7
AG-AM-25 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
a plat entitled “Name of Plat” by NAME OF LICENSED LAND SURVEYOR P.L.S.
No. XXXX of Name of Company dated Month, Day Year and last revised Month,
Day Year and recorded in Plat Book _______ at page __________ in the RMC Office
or the Office of Register of Deeds for County Name County, South Carolina. Said
strip of land has such size, shape, dimensions, buttings and boundings, courses and
distances as will by reference to said plat more fully appear. The permanent rightof-way and utility easement is hereinafter referred to as “Permanent Easement.”
Together with the right by the Commissioners to lay, construct, locate, install,
operate, maintain, inspect, repair, relocate and replace underground water lines and
underground sewer lines with necessary valves, valve boxes, meters, fittings,
manholes, service lines, controls, devices, equipment, fire hydrants and other usual
appurtenances within the Permanent Easement.
TOGETHER with all the rights and privileges necessary or convenient for the
full enjoyment or use thereof.
It is further agreed that:
(1)
The Commissioners will have the right of ingress, egress, and
access to and from the Permanent Easement across and upon
such lands of the Grantor(s) as may be necessary or convenient
for purposes connected with said Permanent Easement.
(2)
The Commissioners shall have the right from time to time to
trim, cut or remove trees, underbrush and other obstructions
that are over, under or upon the Permanent Easement.
Page 2 of 7
AG-AM-25 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
(3)
The Grantor(s) and his/her/its/their heirs, successors and
assigns, will have full use of the surface area of the Permanent
Easement, provided, however, that neither Grantor(s) nor
his/her/its/or their heirs, successors or assigns shall construct,
build or place any permanent structure, or portion thereof,
within, above, below or over the surface of the Permanent
Easement, it being the purpose of the Commissioners to (1)
protect the integrity of the said utility lines which will be located
below the surface, and (2) to allow quick and ready access to
the utility lines to facilitate repairs.
(4)
Commissioners agrees that upon completion of construction,
the surface of any unpaved portions of the Permanent
Easement which are highland that are disturbed by construction
or maintenance, will be regraded and replanted with grass. Any
pavement damaged by construction or maintenance will be
repaired. The surface of any unpaved portions of the
Permanent Easement which are wetlands or marsh that are
disturbed by construction or maintenance, if any, will be
restored in accordance with the permits issued by the authority
or authorities having jurisdiction over said wetlands or marsh.
(5)
The Permanent Easement will run with the land and continue to
exist so long as it is used for utility purposes. In the event the
Commissioners should determine to abandon its rights in the
Page 3 of 7
AG-AM-25 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Permanent Easement, written notice will be given to the then
owners of the property subject to the Permanent Easement
stating that the Commissioners has given up all rights in the
Permanent Easement.
(6)
The Permanent Easement granted herein is for a commercial
purpose
and
may
be
transferred
and
assigned
by
Commissioners and its successors and assigns.
(7)
The agreements contained herein shall be binding upon the
Commissioners and Grantor (s) and their respective heirs,
successors and assigns.
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD, all and singular, the easements rights and
privileges above described unto the COMMISSIONERS OF PUBLIC WORKS OF
THE CITY OF CHARLESTON and its successors and assigns forever.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have set their hands and seals
this ____ day of ____________ 2____________.
WITNESSES:
COMMISSIONERS OF PUBLIC
WORKS OF THE CITY OF
CHARLESTON, SOUTH CAROLINA
___________________________
By: __________________________
Its: ___________________________
___________________________
Page 4 of 7
AG-AM-25 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SIGNATURE BLOCK AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR INDIVIDUAL GRANTORS
WITNESSES:
_________________________
______________________________
Name of Grantor
________________________
STATE OF __________________ )
)
COUNTY OF ________________ )
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I, ______________________________, Notary Public for the State of
_______________________, do hereby certify that _________________________
personally appeared before me this day and acknowledged the due execution of the
foregoing instrument.
Subscribed to and sworn before me this ______ day of _________________,
2_______.
______________________________________
Notary Public, State of ____________________
My commission expires: ___________________
Page 5 of 7
AG-AM-25 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SIGNATURE BLOCK AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR CORPORATE GRANTOR
WITNESSES:
______________________________
Name of Corporate Grantor
_________________________
By: __________________________
Authorized Signer
Its: __________________________
_________________________
STATE OF __________________ )
)
COUNTY OF ________________ )
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
I, ______________________________, Notary Public for the State of
_______________________, do hereby certify that _________________________
by _________________________ its ___________________________ personally
appeared before me this day and acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing
instrument.
Subscribed to and sworn before me this ______ day of _________________,
2_______.
______________________________________
Notary Public, State of ____________________
My commission expires: ___________________
Page 6 of 7
AG-AM-25 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
STATE OF SOUTH CAROLINA
COUNTY OF CHARLESTON
)
)
)
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I, __________________________________, Notary Public for the State of
South Carolina, do hereby certify that the Commissioners of Public Works of the City
of Charleston, South Carolina by _____________________________ its
_____________________________, personally appeared before me this day and
acknowledged the due execution of the foregoing instrument.
Subscribed to and sworn before me this ______ day of _______________,
2________.
______________________________________
Notary Public, State of South Carolina
My commission expires: __________________
Page 7 of 7
AG-AM-25 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 4
EASEMENTS
The following information covers easement requirements and is applicable to all
developments requiring water and/or wastewater service from Charleston Water
System. No deviation to these requirements will be allowed without the expressed
written consent of Charleston Water System.
A.
B.
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.
Easements for all water and wastewater mains shall be conveyed to
Charleston Water System in the name of the Commissioners of Public
Works of the City of Charleston, SC using Charleston Water System’s
standard Easement Agreement document.
2.
Easements shall be platted so as to provide equal distance on each side of
the installed water or wastewater main within the easement.
3.
Easements shall be clear of trees and debris, and grassed unless other
treatment is specifically approved by Charleston Water System.
4.
Obstructions within, above or below any easement such as buildings,
building footers, building overhangs, canopy-type trees, overhead
structures or other objects or structures which may limit access to or use of
the entire easement by Charleston Water System are not permitted.
5.
For additional information and requirements concerning easements, contact
Charleston Water System’s Survey Manager at (843) 727-6859.
EASEMENT WIDTH
1.
2.
Water Mains
a.
Width of easement shall not be less than fifteen (15) feet.
b.
Water mains installed within the easement shall be platted so as to
provide equal distance on each side.
c.
Edge of easement should not be less than five (5) feet from any
building, building footer or permanent structure.
Wastewater Gravity Mains
a.
Width of easement shall not be less than twenty (20) feet.
b.
Wastewater mains installed within the easement shall be platted so
4-1
EC-MGT-5 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
as to provide equal distance on each side.
c.
3.
4.
5.
Edge of easement should not be less than five (5) feet from any
building, building footer or permanent structure.
Wastewater Force Mains
a.
Width of easement shall not be less than fifteen (15) feet.
b.
Wastewater mains installed within the easement shall be platted so
as to provide equal distance on each side.
c.
Edge of easement should not be less than five (5) feet from any
building, building footer or permanent structure.
Water and Wastewater Mains
a.
When water and wastewater mains are placed in the same
easement, mains shall be laid to provide a minimum ten (10) foot
horizontal separation between inside edges of pipe. The width of the
easement shall be increased to provide a distance not less than ten
(10) feet from the edge of the easement to the centerline of each
main.
b.
When water and wastewater mains are owned by different utilities,
each main shall be placed in a separate easement and shall be laid
in a manner so as to provide the minimum separation requirements
for water and wastewater mains as set forth in these standards. The
easements may overlap, but shall not include any portion of the main
belonging to the other utility.
c.
In all cases, edge of Charleston Water System easement should not
be less than five (5) feet from any building, building footer or
permanent structure.
Wastewater Gravity Mains and Force Mains
a.
When wastewater gravity mains and force mains are placed in the
same easement, mains shall be laid to provide a minimum ten (10)
foot horizontal separation between inside edges of pipe. The width
of the easement shall be increased to provide a distance not less
than ten (10) feet from the edge of the easement to the centerline of
each main.
b.
Edge of easement should not be less than five (5) feet from any
building, building footer or permanent structure.
4-2
EC-MGT-5 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
c.
C.
D.
Charleston Water System reserves the right to increase the width of
any easement when conditions are determined by Charleston Water
System to require said increase.
EASEMENT PLAT
1.
Prepare and submit easement plats in accordance with Section 3,
paragraph I.1.k.1 of these standards.
2.
For additional information regarding easement plat requirements, refer to
the Easement Checklist.
EASEMENT AGREEMENT
As an instrument of conveyance, prepare and submit a Charleston Water System
standard Easement Agreement document in accordance with Section 3,
paragraph I.1.k.2 of these standards.
4-3
EC-MGT-5 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 5
DEVELOPMENT FEES
The following information is a general description of Charleston Water System’s
Development Fees and is applicable to all developments requiring water and/or
wastewater service from Charleston Water System. The fees listed may not be all
inclusive and other Charleston Water System fees may apply.
A.
B.
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.
The Developer shall be responsible for payment of all applicable
Development Fees.
2.
Development Fee Schedules are available on our website. Charleston
Water System’s Development Fees are subject to review by its Board of
Commissioners and may be amended from time to time. Projects will be
subject to the most current fees in affect at the time full payment is received.
3.
Prior to designing water and/or wastewater systems, the Developer and the
Developer’s Engineer are encouraged to take into careful consideration all
Charleston Water System Development Policies.
4.
For additional information concerning development policies and fees,
contact Charleston Water System’s New Development Program Manager
at (843) 727-6869.
TAP AND IMPACT FEES
1.
Water
a.
Tap Fees – At the time of application for water service, a water Tap
Fee shall be assessed to the customer for each meter based on its
size, the purpose of which is to recover costs to Charleston Water
System of inspection and installing the meter and associated
appurtenances.
b.
Impact Fees – The purpose of water Impact Fees is to assist
Charleston Water System in paying the cost associated with
expansion of major components of the water distribution system.
These fees will normally be charged to and paid by a Developer at
the time of execution of a Charleston Water System contract for
extension of a water system and prior to beginning construction of
said water system. The total charge for water Impact Fees will be
based upon the total number of meters (and their sizes) anticipated
to be installed. Individual customers will also be required to pay the
5-1
EC-MGT-6 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
same Impact Fees for water services (other than new residential
irrigation services and dedicated fire services) connecting to
Charleston Water System mains. No portion of the total Impact Fee
assessment is refundable after Project Commissioning or after
individual service installations.
2.
c.
Impact Fees are inclusive of $500 Engineering Services Fee.
d.
No Tap or Impact Fee will be charged for dedicated, unmetered fire
services.
Wastewater
a.
Tap Fees – At the time of application for wastewater service, a Tap
Fee shall be assessed to the customer for each tap based on its size,
the purpose of which is to recover costs to Charleston Water System
for installing the initial service lateral and inspecting the tie-in of the
customer’s service line to the Charleston Water System service
lateral.
b.
Impact Fees – The purpose of wastewater Impact Fees is to assist
Charleston Water System in paying the cost associated with
expansion of major components of the wastewater system. These
fees will normally be charged to and paid by a Developer at the time
of execution of a Charleston Water System contract for extension of
a wastewater system and prior to beginning construction of said
wastewater system. The total charge for wastewater Impact Fees
will be based upon the number of equivalent residential units in the
proposed development at the Impact Fee rate per equivalent unit.
No portion of the total Impact Fee assessment is refundable after
Project Commissioning or after individual service installation.
c.
1.
Residential Development – Wastewater Impact Fees for
residential development are based on standard South
Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control
(SC DHEC) contributory loading for single family residential
services.
2.
Commercial Development – Wastewater Impact Fees for
commercial
development
differs
from
residential
development. For information on the determination of
wastewater Impact Fees for commercial developments,
contact Charleston Water System’s New Development
Program Manager at (843) 727-6869.
Impact Fees are inclusive of $500 Engineering Services Fee.
5-2
EC-MGT-6 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
C.
ENGINEERING SERVICES FEE DEPOSIT
Charleston Water System will charge an Engineering Services Fee of five hundred
dollars ($500) as a component of each Impact Fee assessed. The Engineering
Services Fee will serve to fund the cost of reviewing Developer and Customer
plans, specifications, design documents, sketches, calculations, and providing
other associated administrative services and construction inspection services
associated with new development and the installation of new services. One
hundred dollars ($100) of each of the Engineering Services Fee assessed shall be
considered a non-refundable Engineering Services Fee Deposit collected at the
time plans are submitted for review to cover Charleston Water System engineering
and administrative costs. In no case will the total Engineering Services Fee
Deposit amount be less than $500 for a single project submittal with less than five
assessable services. The deposit will be credited toward the total Engineering
Services Fee amount due for the project once final plans are approved for
permitting. Prior to permitting, Charleston Water System will collect the balance
of the Engineering Services Fee due with the total Impact Fees due.
D.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT BOND
The Maintenance Agreement includes a 10% bond based on the installed value of
the water and/or wastewater system assets as documented in the Asset Inventory
Worksheet submitted by the Developer’s Engineer at project closeout. The bond
may be either cash or an Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit from a financial
institution. No bonding agencies will be accepted. The bond will be held for a period
not to exceed two (2) years from the date of Commissioning and will be refunded
upon completion of the Maintenance Agreement Final Inspection, provided no
deficiencies are found. If deficiencies are found and the Developer does not
correct these deficiencies, the bond will be used to cover costs to make
corrections. In which case, the entire bond amount will then be forfeited. Payment
of the Maintenance Agreement Bond must be received prior to issuance of the
Service Acceptance Letter.
E.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT FINAL INSPECTION FEE
Prior to releasing the Maintenance Bond, Charleston Water System will perform a
final inspection of the installed water and/or wastewater system assets. For the
purpose of making said inspections, a Maintenance Agreement Final Inspection
Fee is charged. The Maintenance Agreement Final Inspection Fee will be based
on the installed linear footage of water and/or wastewater mains as documented
in the Asset Inventory Worksheet submitted by the Developer’s Engineer at project
closeout. The Maintenance Agreement Final Inspection Fee will be charged at $.50
per linear foot of water main and wastewater force main, and $2.00 per linear foot
of wastewater gravity main. Payment of the Maintenance Agreement Final
Inspection Fee must be received prior to issuance of the Service Acceptance
Letter.
5-3
EC-MGT-6 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
F.
ORIGINATION FEE
The Origination Fee is a fee charged to partially off-set the administrative and
customer service costs required to establish a new account and to render a final
bill when the account is closed.
G.
IMPACT FEE REIMBURSEMENT
No portion of the total Impact Fee assessment is refundable after Project
Commissioning or after individual service installation.
H.
ENGINEERING SERVICES FEE REIMBURSEMENT
Engineering Services Fees paid to Charleston Water System may be reimbursed
to the Developer, less the Engineering Services Fee Deposit amount, if the project
is cancelled or the scope of the project is reduced prior to Project Commissioning.
No credit will be given for any portion of Engineering Services Fees previously
retained by Charleston Water System if the project is reinitiated at some later date.
I.
OTHER FEES
Charleston Water System’s Water Distribution and Wastewater Collection
Departments may charge inspection and oversight fees for projects involving
services “only”, fire hydrants “only”, and unmetered fire services. For information
on the determination of these fees, contact Charleston Water System’s New
Development Program Manager at (843) 727-6869.
5-4
EC-MGT-6 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 6
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
DESIGN STANDARDS
The following information covers water distribution system design standards and
is applicable to all developments requiring water service form Charleston Water
System. No deviation from these standards will be allowed without the expressed
written consent of Charleston Water System.
A.
B.
GENERAL
1.
The following water system design standards are based on Federal, State
and local health requirements and the requirements of Charleston Water
System.
2.
These design standards are applicable to all development requiring water
service from Charleston Water System.
3.
As a general rule, Charleston Water System does not allow aerial water
main crossings. Examples of aerial crossings include, but are not limited
to, water mains constructed on piers or pilings, and water mains attached
to structures such as roadways, bridges or piers.
4.
Where it is necessary for water mains to cross surface water or wetlands,
the preferred method of installation is by Horizontal Directional Drill or Jack
and Bore. In either case, the Developer’s Engineer shall submit plans to
Charleston Water System’s Engineering & Construction Department for
review and approval prior to submitting plans for permitting.
DESIGN CRITERIA
1.
Design water mains in accordance with the requirements of the South
Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control State Primary
Drinking Water Regulation R.61-58 and the requirements of these
standards.
2.
All water mains installed by direct bury or Jack and Bore shall be ductile
iron pipe.
3.
All water mains installed by horizontal direction drill shall be High Density
Polyethylene (HDPE).
6-1
EC-MGT-7 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
4.
Plan and Profile
a.
Provide plan and profile at each location where water main crosses
over or under a storm drainage pipe or structure.
b.
Provide plan and profile for all water mains 10” and larger.
c.
Provide plan and profile for all water mains constructed on peninsula
Charleston, regardless of main size. Peninsula Charleston shall be
defined as areas south of Mount Pleasant Street.
5.
Provide restrained joint pipe and fittings on all piping at each fitting, valve,
and fire hydrant connection. The location and length of restrained joint pipe
will be clearly marked on the plans.
6.
Minimize dead-ends by looping of all mains in accordance with Charleston
Water System’s Water and Wastewater Policies, Procedures and
Standards Manual, Policy Number W2005001. Arrange mains so they are
looped and interconnected at intersections without using crosses.
7.
Where dead-ends occur, provide a fire hydrant on mains 6" and larger and
a blow off on mains less than 6". Charleston Water System does not permit
installation of post hydrants for the purposes of flushing. Size flushing
devices to provide flows with a velocity of at least 2.5 fps in the main being
flushed. See Construction Details
8.
Locate water mains, valves and meters outside of paved roadway, if
possible. Do not locate water mains under or behind parking spaces or in
any other areas that could inhibit access for operations and maintenance.
9.
Minimum water main diameter shall be 6”. On a case-by-case basis, 4”
mains may be allowed on dead-end lines provided the main cannot be
extended and the main does not provide fire protection.
10.
Provide suitable cover on all mains. Depth of cover shall be as follows:
11.
a.
4” to 16” diameter main – Provide 36” to 48” cover at finished grade.
b.
Greater than 16” diameter main – Provide 48” cover at finished
grade.
c.
All mains located within a public right-of-way shall be constructed in
accordance with applicable permits and these Standards.
Water mains shall be located outside of contaminated areas. Where it is
necessary for water mains to cross contaminated areas, the engineer shall
6-2
EC-MGT-7 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
submit proposed method of construction to Charleston Water System’s
Engineering Department for review and approval prior to submitting plans
for permitting.
C.
12.
Water mains shall not be closer than 25’ horizontally from any portion of a
wastewater tile field or spray field. If this separation is not possible, the
water mains shall be protected by an acceptable method approved by SC
DHEC and Charleston Water System.
13.
There shall be no connection between the distribution system and any
pipes, pumps, hydrants, or tanks whereby unsafe water or other
contaminated materials may be discharged or drawn into the system.
14.
Neither steam condensate nor cooling water from jackets or other heat
exchange devices may be returned to the distribution system.
CAPACITY DESIGN
1.
Size mains based on either 1/5 the instantaneous maximum flow plus fire
flow or maximum instantaneous demand, whichever is greater. When fire
protection is to be provided, system design shall be such that fire flows and
facilities are in accordance with the requirements of Charleston Water
System and the state Insurance Service Office (ISO).
2.
Size water mains to provide minimum two and a half (2.5) feet per second
flushing velocity.
3.
The minimum pressure in all public water mains under conditions of
maximum instantaneous demand shall be 25 psi at every customer’s tap.
20 psi will be acceptable at any tap when fire flows or flushing flows are
provided in excess of maximum peak hourly flow.
4. Minimum Design Fire Flow
a.
Inside City of Charleston – Minimum design fire flow shall be 1000
gpm with a minimum residual pressure of 20 psi.
b.
Outside City of Charleston – Minimum design fire flow shall be 1000
gpm with a minimum residual pressure of 20 psi.
A fire flow less than 1000 gpm may be accepted provided written
approval is submitted to Charleston Water System from the Fire
Department having jurisdictional authority over the area of
development authorizing a fire flow less than 1000 gpm.
6-3
EC-MGT-7 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
c.
Under no circumstances shall minimum design fire flow be less than
500 gpm.
5.
Hydraulic calculations shall be based on the available static and residual
pressure in the main to be extended. To request information regarding
available static and residual pressure, complete and submit a Hydrostatic
Flow Test Request Form or contact the New Development Department at
(843)727-6869.
6.
Use Hazen and Williams design coefficient, C=120.
7.
The maximum instantaneous demand is to be calculated using the tables
provided below, as published in the Community Water System Source
Book by Joseph S. Ameen.
Table XXI - Maximum Instantaneous Flows for Residential Areas
Number of Residences Served
Flow per Residence in GPM
1 (First)
15.0
2 - 10*
5.0
11 - 20**
4.0
21 - 30
3.8
31 - 40
3.4
41 - 50
3.2
51 - 60
2.7
61 - 70
2.5
71 - 80
2.2
81 - 90
2.1
91 - 100
2.0
101 - 125
1.8
126 - 150
1.6
151 - 175
1.4
176 - 200
1.3
201 - 300
1.2
301 - 400
1.0
401 - 500
0.8
6-4
EC-MGT-7 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Number of Residences Served
Flow per Residence in GPM
501 - 750
0.7
751 - 1,000
0.5
*Second, third, etc., through tenth residence served.
**Eleventh, twelfth, etc., through twentieth residence served.
Table XXII - Maximum Instantaneous Flows for Commercial Areas
Type of Business
GPM on Basis Shown
Barber Shop
3.0 gpm per chair
Beauty Shop
3.0 gpm per chair
Dentist Office
4.0 gpm per chair
Department Store*
1.0 - 2.0 - 3.0 gpm per employee
Drug Store
5.0 gpm
With Fountain Service
add 6.0 gpm per fountain area
Serving Meals
add 2.0 gpm per seat
Industrial Plants**
4.0 gpm plus 1.0 gpm per employee
Laundry
30.0 gpm per 1,000 pounds clothes
Launderette
8.0 gpm per unit
Meat Market, Super Market
6.0 gpm per 2,500 sq. ft. floor area
Motel, Hotel
4.0 gpm per unit
Office Building
0.5 gpm per 100 sq. ft. floor area or
2.0 gpm per employee
Physicians’ Office
3.0 gpm per examining room
Restaurant
2.0 gpm per seat
Single Service
6.0 to 20.0 gpm total
Drive-In
2.0 to 7.0 gpm total
Service Station
10.0 gpm per wash rack
Theater
0.2 gpm per seat
Drive-In
Other Establishments***
0.2 gpm per car space
Estimate at 4.0 gpm each
*Including customer service.
**Not including process water.
***Non-water using establishments.
6-5
EC-MGT-7 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Table XXIII - Maximum Instantaneous Flows for Institutions
Type of Institution
Basis of Flow, GPM
Boarding Schools, Colleges
2.0 gpm per student
Churches
0.4 gpm per member
Clubs: Country, Civic
0.6 gpm per member
Hospitals
4.0 gpm per bed
Nursing Homes
2.0 gpm per bed
Prisons
3.0 gpm per inmate
Rooming House
Same as Residential*
Schools: Day, Elementary, Junior, Senior High
Number of Students
GPM Per Student
0 –50
2.00
100
1.90
200
1.88
300
1.80
400
1.72
500
1.64
600
1.56
700
1.44
800
1.38
900
1.32
1,000
1.20
1,200
1.04
1,400
0.86
1,600
0.70
1,800
0.54
2,000
0.40
*Each unit of an apartment building should be considered as an individual residence.
6-6
EC-MGT-7 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
D.
SEPARATION OF WATER MAINS AND WASTEWATER MAINS
1.
Where possible, locate water mains at least 10’ away, horizontally, from
wastewater mains. The distance shall be measured edge to edge.
2.
Should 10’ separation not be practical, then the water main may be located
closer provided:
It is laid in a separate trench.
b.
It is laid in the same trench with the wastewater main located at one
side on a bench of undisturbed earth.
3.
Crown elevation of the wastewater main shall be at least 18” below the
invert elevation of the water main at a minimum diagonal of 45 degrees.
4.
If 18” vertical separation is not practical, the water main may be located
closer provided:
5.
E.
a.
a.
It is located above the wastewater main.
b.
A full length of pipe is installed in the wastewater main centered so
that each joint is equidistant from the water main. Wastewater pipe
shall be PVC C900, C905 or Ductile Iron.
c.
Flowable fill is placed between water main and wastewater main.
Requests to place a water main below a sewer main will be reviewed on a
case-by-case basis.
SEPARATION OF WATER MAINS AND STORM DRAINS
1.
No water mains shall pass through or come in contact with any part of a
storm drainage pipe or structure.
2.
Provide minimum 18” vertical separation between water main and storm
drainage pipe or structure. Request for vertical separation less than 18” will
be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
3.
Where water main crosses beneath storm drainage piping
6-7
EC-MGT-7 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
F.
WATER MAIN RESTRAINT
1.
2.
General
a.
Design restrained joints in accordance with the Ductile Iron Pipe
Research Association (DIPRA) standards for all fittings, valves,
hydrants and pipe joints as required to resist forces during testing
and normal operating pressures within the distribution system.
b.
Retainer glands shall be used on all mechanical joint fittings. All
tees, plugs, caps, and bends equal to or exceeding 11-1/4 degrees,
and at other locations where unbalanced forces exist, must have
acceptable thrust restraint. See Construction Details
Blocking
Provide thrust blocking only at wet taps, or as directed by Charleston Water
System. The concrete mix shall have a 28-day compressive strength of not
less than 3,000 psi. The bearing surface shall be as shown or as directed
by Charleston Water System. Place the block so that the pipe and fitting
joints will be accessible to repairs. See Construction Details
G.
H.
TAP SIZE IN RELATION TO MAIN SIZE
1.
All water service taps shall be a minimum of one size smaller than the water
main being tapped unless the water main being tapped is part of a looped
water distribution system. In these cases the water service tap can be the
same size as the main being tapped but cannot be larger.
2.
Water service taps less than 6” in diameter will not be permitted from mains
that are greater than 16” in diameter.
3.
Water service taps less than 6” in diameter will not be permitted from mains
that are Pre-stressed Concrete Cylinder Pipe (PCCP).
4.
Charleston Water System reserves the right to stipulate the maximum size
tap available off of any water main regardless of the main size and
configuration, if it is deemed in Charleston Water System’s best interest to
do so.
VALVES
1.
Gate Valves and Butterfly Valves
a.
Mains 4” through 12”: Use resilient wedge gate valves.
6-8
EC-MGT-7 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
I.
b.
Mains 16” and larger: User butterfly valves unless specified
otherwise.
c.
Provide valves at maximum 500’ intervals. Requests for spacing
greater than 500’ will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
d.
Provide three (3) valves for a tee intersection and four (4) valves for
two-offset tee intersections. See Construction Details
e.
Valves should be placed to minimize the number of Charleston Water
System customers out of service due to a main break and/or any
maintenance operation.
f.
Charleston Water System reserves the right to require additional
valves if it is deemed in the best interest of current and future
Charleston Water System customers.
Air Release Valves
a.
Provide at high points in the water main.
b.
Design water main to minimize the number of air release valves.
c.
Provide at maximum 3000’ intervals where water main is installed at
little or no slope.
d.
Air release valves shall be sized based on the size of the water main.
e.
Maintain minimum 48” cover over water main at location of air
release valve.
f.
Automatic air release valves shall not be used in situations where
flooding of the manhole or chamber may occur.
BLOW OFF ASSEMBLIES
1.
General
a.
All 4" dead-end water mains shall be designed to include a 2” blowoff assembly.
b.
Blow-off assemblies shall be set underground in a 1.5’x 2’ blow-off
box.
c.
Blow-off hydrants or other such appurtenances to a distribution
system shall not be connected directly to any storm drain or sewer.
6-9
EC-MGT-7 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
d.
A temporary blow-off may be utilized in cases where the main is to
be extended. See Construction Details
e.
Fire hydrants shall be required as blow-offs on mains 6” and larger
to achieve a 2.5 fps scouring velocity.
6-10
EC-MGT-7 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 7
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
MATERIALS FOR CONSTRUCTION
The following information covers water distribution system materials for
construction requirements and is applicable to all developments requiring water
service from Charleston Water System. No deviation from these requirements will
be allowed without the expressed written consent of Charleston Water System.
A.
B.
GENERAL
1.
This section includes pipe and fitting material specifications, joint materials,
valves and encasement requirements.
2.
All materials used in the construction of water distribution systems shall be
new and unused when delivered on-site and shall be suitable for installation
and operation under the conditions for which they are to be used.
3.
All chemicals/products added to public water supply must be third party
certified as meeting the specifications of ANSI/NSF Standard 60.
4.
All brass components in contact with potable water must be made from
either CDA/UNS Brass Alloys C89520 or C89833 with a minimum lead
content of .25% by weight. Brass alloys not listed in ANSI/AWWA C800
Paragraph 4.1.2 are not approved. All fittings shall be stamped or embossed
with a mark or name indicating that the product is manufactured from the
low-lead alloy.
5.
All materials/products that contact potable water must be third party certified
as meeting the specifications of ANSI/NSF Standard 61.
6.
The pressure rating of pipe must be capable of handling 1.5 times the
normal working pressure.
7.
All pipe fittings, packing, jointing materials and valves must conform to
Section C of the AWWA Standards.
DUCTILE IRON PIPE (DIP)
1.
Provide for all water mains. All sizes of pipe shall be laying length of 18'-0"
to 20'-0".
7-1
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
All buried pipe shall be pressure class as follows:
Pipe Sizes
(inch)
4-12
14-20
24
30-64
C.
Pressure Class
(psi)
350
250
200
150
3.
Pipe wall thickness shall be in accordance to bury depth as shown on
drawing: ANSI/AWWA A21.50/C115.
4.
Flange pipe or Victaulic grooved pipe shall be class 53.
5.
Use cement mortar lining: ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4, standard thickness.
6.
Use rubber gaskets and lubricant: ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
7.
No metric sized pipe shall be permitted.
8.
All pipe to be shipped with gaskets, glands, and bolts unless specified
otherwise.
9.
All pipe lengths must be tested to 500 psi working pressure prior to shipping.
10.
Accepted products: American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Griffin Pipe
Company, U.S. Pipe Company, and McWane Cast Iron Pipe Company.
JOINT MATERIAL
1.
Push-on joints, mechanical joints and restrained joints conform to: ANSI
A21.11 (AWWA C111) as modified by ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51.
2.
Lubricants, which will support microbiological growth, shall not be used for
slip-on joints. Vegetable shortening shall not be used to lubricate joints.
3.
Flanged joints conform to ANSI A21.15 (AWWA C115) faced and drilled 250
pound.
4.
Bolts, Nuts, and All-Threaded Rod
a.
Tee bolts and nuts shall be made of high strength low alloy steel
(ASTM A307), Cor-Ten (ASTM A242), 304 stainless steel, or 316
stainless steel. Nuts and bolts used for flanged connections shall be
grade 316 stainless steel. All fasteners shall have minimum yield
7-2
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
strength of 45,000 psi. Material type shall be marked on the
fasteners.
D.
E.
b.
All-thread rod shall be grade 316 stainless steel.
c.
Stainless steel materials shall contain sufficient chromium to resist
corrosion, oxidation, and rust.
d.
Materials shall be sound, clean, and coated with a rust resistant
lubricant, approved for use with potable water.
e.
Threads shall be in accordance with ANSI B1.1, Unified Inch Screw
Threads, and with B1.2, Screw Threads, Gages, and Gaging,
conforming to the coarse thread series (UNC) Unified Coarse, with
threads Class 2A internal and Class 2B external.
f.
Bolts 3/4" and smaller shall be furnished with heavy hex heads
conforming to ANSI B18.2.1.
g.
Bolts larger than 3/4" may have either standard or heavy hex heads
conforming to ANSI B18.2.1.
BEDDING MATERIAL
1.
Clean, well graded Class II and/or Class III soils.
2.
Class II soils shall be used in the pipe zone. Use Class II or Class III soils
above the pipe zone. Backfill material must be tamped in layers around the
pipe and to a sufficient height above the pipe to adequately support and
protect the pipe. Stones must not come in contact with the pipe and must
not be within 6" of the pipe.
POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT
1.
All buried ductile iron pipes, fittings, and appurtenances shall be wrapped
in a polyethylene encasement meeting all the requirements for
ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5, Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe
Systems.
2.
In addition, polyethylene encasement for use with ductile iron pipe systems
shall consist of three layers of co-extruded linear low density polyethylene
(LLDPE), fused into a single thickness of not less than eight mils.
7-3
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
F.
3.
The inside surface of the polyethylene wrap to be in contact with the pipe
exterior shall be infused with a blend of antimicrobial biocide to mitigate
microbiologically influenced corrosion and a volatile corrosion inhibitor to
control galvanic corrosion.
4.
Accepted product: V-Bio
METALLIC DETECTION TAPE
1.
G.
Provide 2" wide metallic detection tape on all buried piping.
a.
Provide 5.0 mil overall thickness with no less than a 50 gauge solid
aluminum foil core.
b.
Foil to be visible from both sides.
c.
No inks or printing extended to the edges of the tape.
d.
Encase printing to avoid ink rub-off.
e.
Tensile strength - 28 lbs/inch.
f.
Use heat set Mylar inks.
2.
Locate 12" below ground surface in pipe trench.
3.
Color to be Safety Precaution Blue.
4.
Wording on tape to indicate “Potable Water” at no greater than 24" on
center.
TAPPING SLEEVE
1.
Tapping sleeve sizes 4” through 36” shall conform to the following criteria:
a.
Provide ductile iron MJ type tapping split-type sleeve with flanged
outlet.
b.
Provide bolts, follower rings and gaskets on each end of the sleeve.
c.
Provide for minimum working pressure of 150 psi.
d.
Provide square or hexagonal head bolts with hexagonal nuts. All
square and hexagonal head bolts and hexagonal nuts shall be
7-4
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Cor-Ten steel, 304 stainless steel, or 316 stainless steel.
2.
H.
I.
e.
Provide ¾” NPT test plug on top of the outlet.
f.
Accepted products:
1.
4” through 24” - Mueller H-615 and American Flow Control
Series 2800.
2.
30” through 36” - American Flow Control Series 2800 and
JCM 414 Fabricated Mechanical Joint Tapping Sleeve with
fusion bonded epoxy coating.
Taps on mains 42” or larger shall be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
FITTINGS
1.
Provide restrained joint pipe and fittings on all piping at each fitting, valve,
and fire hydrant connection.
2.
Compact fittings for piping 3" - 48" may be provided in accordance with
ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53.88.
3.
Use cement mortar lining: ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4, Standard thickness or
epoxy lining.
4.
No metric sized fittings shall be permitted.
5.
All fittings are to be shipped with gaskets, glands, nuts, and bolts unless
specified otherwise.
6.
Fittings to be installed in the construction of water systems shall conform to
those of standard design and in current inventory of Charleston Water
System. No special manufactured fittings will be allowed without prior
approval of Charleston Water System.
7.
Accepted products: American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Griffin Pipe
Company, U.S. Pipe Company, McWane Cast Iron Pipe Company, and
Sigma Corporation.
SLEEVES - 4" AND LARGER
1.
Provide full-length mechanical joint ductile iron solid sleeve, 12" minimum
length, where needed to make piping connections.
7-5
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
J.
Provide cut-in sleeve, ductile iron, with mechanical restraint joint where
installing fittings in an existing line.
RESTRAINED JOINT MATERIAL
1.
Accepted Products:
a.
b.
K.
Ductile Iron Pipe
1.
American Cast Iron Pipe – Fast Grip, Flex-Ring, Field FlexRing or Lock-Ring
2.
US Pipe – TR Flex or Field Lok 350 Gaskets
3.
Griffin Pipe – Snap-Lok Restrained Joint, or Talon RJ Gasket
4.
EBAA – Megalug Restraint Gland
5.
Ford – Series 1400 Restraint Gland
6.
Sigma – One-Lok Series SLD Restraint Gland
7.
McWane - Sure Stop 350 Restraint Gasket
PVC Pipe
1.
EBAA Megalug series 2000PV
2.
Ford Series 1500 will be used on existing PVC pipe.
PLUGS OR CAPS - 4" AND LARGER
Provide restrained joint plug or cap at all pipe ends and unused branches or fittings.
L.
VALVES
1.
General
a.
All valves shall be in conformance with the latest revision of all
reference standards of AWWA or ANSI.
b.
4" through 12": Use resilient wedge gate valves.
c.
16" and larger: Use butterfly valves unless specified otherwise.
7-6
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
d.
All valves shall “Open Right” unless on Navy Base in which case the
valve shall “Open Left”.
e.
Provide a 2” Ductile Iron wrench nut with direction of valve operation
clearly visible when looking down on the nut. Hold-down nut or bolt
will be Type 316 stainless steel. Wrench nuts will be color coded red
for “Open Right” and black for “Open Left”.
f.
Provide stem extensions on all valves where the top of the operator
nut is located greater than 36" below the top of the valve box.
g.
All valves shall be equipped with a non-rising stem.
Gate Valves
a.
All valves will meet or exceed all requirements of AWWA C509 or
AWWA C515.
b.
Outer valve body will have raised lettering cast in, providing
manufacturers name, valve size, year of manufacture, pressure
rating, location of casting and each part is to be clearly marked
indicating ductile or cast iron.
c.
All valves will be electrostatically, fusion-bonded epoxy coated,
minimum 8-mil thickness inside and out, conforming to ANSI/AWWA
C550 Standards.
d.
Resilient wedge to be ductile or cast iron fully encapsulated with
EPDM elastomer, including guide path and will be US Food and Drug
Administration approved for potable water and have an EPDM visible
marking.
e.
All valves will have a minimum 250 psi working pressure and a 500
psi static pressure.
f.
Valve stem material will be bronze, brass, or Type 304 stainless
steel.
g.
Valves will have two upper O-ring seals on the stem above the thrust
collar and at least one O-ring seal below the collar so designed to
allow for replacement of the upper O-rings with the valve under full
operating pressure.
7-7
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
h.
Valves will have thrust washers located above and below the thrust
collar to insure smooth frictionless operation.
i.
All valves shall “Open Right” unless on Navy Base in which case the
valve shall “Open Left”.
j.
Provide a 2” Ductile Iron wrench nut with direction of valve operation
clearly visible when looking down on the nut. Hold-down nut or bolt
will be Type 316 stainless steel. Wrench nuts will be color coded red
for “Open Right” and black for “Open Left”.
k.
All exterior bonnet and thrust collar bolting, whether recessed or
exposed, are to be Type 316 stainless steel and marked by type.
l.
Waterway seat area will be smooth without ridges or cavities and
valves will have full size bore throughout the flow-way.
m.
All valves will be hydrostatically pressure tested prior to shipment in
compliance with AWWA C509 or AWWA C515 Standards and be
covered by the Manufacturer’s Ten Year limited Warranty from the
date of purchase by the end user.
n.
Accepted products: Mueller, American AVK, American Flow Control,
and US Pipe.
Butterfly Valves
a.
Provide butterfly valves conforming to AWWA Standard C504 for
Class 150B, unless otherwise specified.
b.
Resilient and elastomer seats are to be synthetic rubber (EPDM).
c.
Shafts to be turned, ground and polished, constructed of 18-8 Type
316 stainless steel.
d.
1.
Shafts to be of one piece design.
2.
Attach disc to shaft with stainless steel tapered pins and
locking nuts.
Spray coat all interior wetted ferrous surface with two-component
epoxy applied to a nominal thickness of 3 to 4 mils. Coating material
to be AWWA and U.S. Food and Drug Administration approved for
use with potable water.
7-8
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
e.
4.
5.
Provide operators with not less than maximum operator torque, as
determined in accordance with Appendix A of AWWA C504, to
operate valves under actual line pressures and velocities.
1.
Provide worm and gear, or traveling nut type, self-locking to
prevent the valve disc from creeping or fluttering when it is in
any intermediate position between open and closed.
2.
Gear operators to be permanently lubricated, totally enclosed,
with adjustable stops for the open and closed position.
3.
All exterior fasteners shall be 316 stainless steel.
f.
Epoxy coated inside and outside conforming to AWWA C550.
g.
Ends shall be mechanical joint conforming to ANSI/AWWA
C111/A21.11.
h.
All valves shall “Open Right” unless on Navy Base in which case the
valve shall “Open Left”.
i.
Provide a 2” Ductile Iron wrench nut with direction of valve operation
clearly visible when looking down on the nut. Hold-down nut or bolt
will be Type 316 stainless steel. Wrench nuts will be color coded red
for “Open Right” and black for “Open Left”.
j.
Rated for a 150 psi working pressure.
k.
Accepted products: Mueller, DeZurik, and Pratt.
Tapping Valves 24" and Smaller
a.
Conform to the requirements for gate valves as specified above in
Item 2 above, Gate Valves.
b.
Accepted products: Mueller, American AVK, American Flow Control,
and US Pipe.
Tapping valves 30” and Larger
a.
Conform to the requirements for gate valves as specified above in
Item 2 above, Gate Valves.
7-9
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
6.
7.
b.
Bronze seat, double disk type conforming to AWWA C500, or
resilient seated wedge conforming to AWWA C515.
c.
Equipped with 4" by-pass valves.
d.
Rated for a 200 psi working pressure.
e.
Accepted product: Mueller
Air Release Valves
a.
Air release valves shall automatically exhaust accumulated air from
a fluid system while the system is pressurized and operational at
pressures up to 150 PSI.
b.
The valve shall have ASTM A126 Class B cast iron body and cover
with a threaded inlet and outlet connection. Valves shall have a Type
316 stainless steel float and a replaceable seat of Buna-N or other
suitable material. Venting orifice and internal linkage mechanism
shall be Type 316 stainless steel.
c.
House air release valve in concrete manhole sections with vented
lid. See Construction Details
d.
Accepted products:
1.
1” valves – Simple lever type GA Figure 910
2.
2” valves – Compound lever type GA Figure 920
3.
3” valves – Compound lever type GA Figure 922
Combination Air Valves
a.
Combination air valves for water shall employ the Kinetic principle to
exhaust large quantities of air during the filling of a pipeline or vessel.
The valve shall be capable of venting air at up to sonic velocity
without blowing shut; closing only after all the air has been vented.
The valve shall continue to release small quantities of air under
pressure as often as needed to keep the system free of accumulated
air. The valve shall automatically open to allow air to re-enter during
draining or whenever a negative pressure occurs.
7-10
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
M.
b.
Body and cover shall be ASTM A126 Class B cast iron with Type 316
stainless steel floats and replaceable seats of Buna-N or other
suitable material. Internal linkage mechanism shall be Type 316
stainless steel.
c.
All fasteners shall Type 316 stainless steel.
d.
Air release orifice shall be suitable for 150 PSI maximum working
pressure.
e.
Valves 4-inch in size and smaller shall be one-piece body with NPT
connections. Larger valves shall be dual-body with a flanged inlet
per ANSI B16.1 Class 125 and an outlet cowl.
f.
House air release valve in concrete manhole sections with vented
lid. See Construction Details
g.
Accepted products:
1.
Valves up to 4” – GA Figure 945
2.
Valves 6” and larger – GA Figure 950.
VALVE BOXES
1.
Provide at each buried valve.
2.
Shall be full cast or ductile iron with iron covers suitable for heavy traffic use
and conform to ASTM A-48, Class 20 Specifications.
3.
Valve boxes shall be screw type and have a 5 1/4" inside shaft diameter.
4.
Have the word “WATER” cast into the cover.
5.
Coat box and cover with two (2) shop coats of bitumastic paint.
6.
No part of the valve box or riser is to rest on the buried valve.
7.
Accepted products:
a.
Products of Tyler Union #6850 Series
b.
Bingham & Taylor #4905 Series of U.S. manufacture only
7-11
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
N.
c.
AFC Box with external stem and locking lid
d.
East Jordan Ironworks #8550 Series.
VALVE BOX PROTECTION RING
1.
Provide at each valve box in unpaved areas a precast concrete protection
ring with the following:
a.
b.
O.
Two (2) rings of #3 reinforcing steel, one (1) 21” diameter, and one
(1) 24” diameter, or;
One (1) ring of #3 reinforcing steel, 19” in diameter with fiber-mesh
concrete.
2.
Inside dimensions to be 9 ¼”.
3.
Outside diameter to be 27".
4.
Provide 5" thickness at interior with a continuous slope to 2" thickness at
the outside.
5.
Minimum weight of 110 lbs.
SERVICES
1.
General
a.
All water service taps shall be a minimum of one size smaller than
the water main being tapped.
b.
Water service taps less than 6” in diameter will not be permitted from
mains that are greater than 16” in diameter. In cases where such a
main provides the only service availability, the proponent for service
will be required to construct a main extension suitable to meet their
service needs, including fire protection if none exists.
c.
Water service taps less than 6” in diameter will not be permitted from
mains that are prestressed concrete cylinder pipe (PCCP). In cases
where such a main provides the only service availability, the
proponent for service will be required to construct a main extension
suitable to meet their service needs including fire protection if none
exists.
7-12
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
3.
4.
d.
Water services will not be permitted from mains that are High Density
Polyethylene (HDPE).
e.
Charleston Water System reserves the right to stipulate the
maximum size tap available off of any water main regardless of the
main size and configuration, if it is deemed in Charleston Water
System’s best interest to do so.
Existing PVC water mains
a.
Services 1” – 2”: Tapping saddle.
b.
Services larger than 2”: Tapping sleeve.
c.
Note: 3” services will require a 4” tap.
DIP water mains
a.
Services less than 1 ½”: Direct tap.
b.
Services 1 ½” – 2”: Tapping saddle.
c.
Services greater than 2”: Tapping sleeve.
d.
Note: 3” services will require a 4” tap.
Tapping Saddles
a.
Provide of the following materials:
1.
Body - Ductile Iron ASTM-A536
2.
Bales and strips - Type 304 or 316 stainless steel
3.
Studs – Type 304 or 316 stainless steel
4.
Hardware – Type 304 or 316 stainless steel
5.
Iron pipe thread
b.
Provide double strap for all sizes or wide strap, double bolted.
c.
Finish - Provide fusion bonded nylon to an average thickness of 12
mils.
7-13
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
d.
P.
Q.
R.
Accepted products:
1.
Smith Blair-317
2.
Ford-FCD 202
3.
Mueller-DR2S
4.
JCM-406
5.
Romac-202N
WATER SERVICE LINE PIPING
1.
Minimum size -1”
2.
Services 1” - 2”, provide Type K copper tubing, 0.065” minimum thickness,
suitable for underground water services and supplied in conformance with
ASTM B88.
CORPORATION VALVES
1.
Corporation Valves will have NPT thread inlets. The outlet connection will
be CTS /OD, conductive compression (grip nut) type outlets.
2.
Accepted products:
a.
Mueller – 300 Corp, Model # B-25028N (1” through 2”)
b.
Ford – Ball Corp, Model # FB1100-X-Q-NL (1” through 2”)
c.
A.Y. McDonald - Ball Corp, Model # 74704-BG (1” through 2”)
METER BOX
1.
All meter boxes shall be provided by the Contractor.
2.
Accepted products:
a.
¾” Meter Box
1.
5/8” x ¾” Ford Long Yokebox # LYLVV 344-233-TP-CPW-G,
angle key valve inlet, outlet with grip nut, and CPW logo lid for
electronic reading, equipped with removable plug.
7-14
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
b.
c.
A.Y. McDonald part # 76-208LLVV 337x005 for 5/8” x ¾”
meter, ¾” CTS angle plug valve inlet x ¾” CTS angle plug
valve outlet with grip nut, non-locking CPW logo lid,
touchread hole with removable plug.
1” Meter Box
1.
Ford Yokebox # YL 111-444-TP, 1” female IPT on inlet and
outlet: 10” from meter to grade level, 13.5” overall depth, 15”
base diameter, 12-3/8” top overall diameter. Lid shall be
equipped with removable plug for AMR setup.
2.
A.Y. McDonald part # 75-410BCGG 447 Straight 1” FNPT ball
valve inlet x Straight 1” FNPT outlet, 10” meter centerline to
grade level. Non-locking lid equipped with 2” touchread hole
with removable plug for AMR setup.
1 ½” and 2” Meter Boxes
J&M Foundry CPW# - #P.C.1.5-2. Size: 29-5/8" Long x 16-1/8" Wide
x 14" Deep. Material is ASTM A-48, Class 35B iron base with two
piece iron lid rated for heavy traffic embossed with Palmetto tree,
crossed cannons and "Commissioners of Public Works, Charleston,
S.C.”
S.
METER SETTER
1.
Meter setters for 1 ½” and 2” flanged meters are constructed of brass and
copper tubing, ball valve inlet with padlock wing, check valve outlet, brace
pipe eyelet on FIP 90° Ells on inlet and outlet sides of set-up. The
Contractor shall provide meter setters.
2.
Accepted products:
a.
Ford Meter Box Co. # VBH 76-15-44-66-G-NL for 1 ½” and # VBH
77-15-44-77-G-NL for 2”.
b.
Mueller Co. #B-2422-2N for 1 ½” or 2” with 15” riser and 110
compression connection.
c.
A.Y. McDonald 721-615WDGG 660 for 1 ½” and 721-715WDGG 770
for 2”
7-15
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
T.
U.
CURB STOP
1.
Provide curb stops for 1 ½” and 2” services.
2.
Accepted products:
a.
Mueller, Model # B-25209N
b.
A.Y. McDonald, Model # 76100-WG
c.
Ford, Model # B44-XX-Q-NL
COUPLINGS
1.
Provide couplings for service line connections.
2.
Accepted products:
a.
b.
c.
Straight Couplings (1” x ¾”)
1.
Mueller, Model # H-15403N
2.
Ford, Model # C44-34-Q-NL
3.
A.Y. McDonald, Model # 74758G
Y Branch (1” x ¾” x ¾”)
1.
Mueller, Model # H-15343N
2.
Ford, Model # Y44-243-Q-NL
3.
A.Y. McDonald, Model # 708YSG
90 Degree Bends (1 ½” and 2”)
1.
Mueller, Model # H-15526N
2.
Ford, Model # L44-XX-Q-N
3.
A.Y. McDonald, Model # 74761G
7-16
EC-MGT-8 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 8
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
The following information covers water distribution system construction
procedures and is applicable to all developments requiring water service from
Charleston Water System. No deviation from these procedures will be allowed
without the expressed written consent of Charleston Water System.
A.
B.
GENERAL
1.
Construction of water and wastewater systems to be turned over to
Charleston Water System must be performed by a Charleston Water
System Approved Contractor. The Approved Contractor lists for both Large
Projects (those greater than $50,000) and Small Projects (those $50,000
and less) are available on our website. Requirements for being considered
an Approved Contractor can be obtained by contacting the Assistant
Director
of
Engineering
and
Construction
by
email
at
[email protected] or by telephone at (843) 727-6876.
2.
Prior to construction activities taking place, the Developer’s Engineer shall
coordinate in advance a Pre-Construction Meeting with the assigned
Charleston Water System Construction Inspector.
The Developer,
Developer’s Engineer, Approved Contractor(s), and Charleston Water
System’s Construction Inspector shall be in attendance at a minimum.
3.
If any requirements for carrying out project construction are not met,
Charleston Water System reserves the right to have the Developer’s
Engineer issue a STOP WORK ORDER.
OPERATION OF CHARLESTON WATER SYSTEM VALVES AND HYDRANTS
1.
Only Charleston Water System personnel shall operate Charleston Water
System valves or hydrants unless otherwise directed or approved by
Charleston Water System.
2.
Approval for non-Charleston Water System personnel to operate
Charleston Water System valves or hydrants shall be determined on a caseby-case basis.
3.
All hydrant and blow-off operations shall be done in a manner so that private
property is not impacted and there shall be no flooding of streets or
roadways or any other traffic problems created.
8-1
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
C.
D.
HANDLING OF MATERIALS
1.
Store rubber gaskets and polyethylene film under cover and out of direct
sunlight. Do not store nuts, bolts, glands, and other accessories directly on
the ground. Keep inside of pipe and fittings free of dirt and debris.
2.
Keep valves off the ground and keep interior free of dirt and debris. Do not
expose valve interior to direct sunlight.
3.
Handle pipe so as to ensure delivery to the trench in sound, undamaged
condition.
4.
Carry pipe into position.
5.
Use pinch bars, slings or tongs for aligning or turning pipe.
6.
Use care not to damage pipe linings.
TRENCH EXCAVATION
This section is provided to outline most types of laying conditions, but is not
intended to cover all special laying conditions or the Engineer’s special
requirements.
1.
Trench excavation shall be made in open cut and true to the lines and
grades shown on the plans, unless boring is necessary or required. Banks
of the trenches shall be cut in vertical, parallel planes equidistant from the
pipe centerline. The horizontal distance between such planes, or the overall
width of trench, shall vary with the size of the pipe to be installed. See
Details.
2.
Bell holes for bell-and-spigot pipe shall be excavated at proper intervals so
that the barrel of the pipe will rest for its entire length upon the bottom of the
trench. Bell holes shall be large enough to permit proper installation of joints
in the pipe.
3.
When muck, quicksand, soft clay, swampy or other material unsuitable for
foundations or sub-grade is encountered such material shall be removed
and replaced with crushed stone.
4.
After excavation, the area between the final pipe grade and the trench soil
bottom shall be filled with crushed stone materials as required, compacted
to proper grade, and made ready for pipe laying.
5.
Debris encountered in trench excavation for water mains and other
pipelines shall be removed for the overall width of trench which shall be as
8-2
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
shown on the plans. It shall be removed to a depth of 6" below the bottom
of the pipe for pipes smaller than 24" in size; 8" below the bottom of the pipe
for pipes 24" to 36" in size; and 12" below the bottom of the pipe for pipes
larger than 36" in size, if debris extends to such depth.
E.
6.
In all cases, materials deposited shall be placed so that in the event of rain,
no damage will result to the work.
7.
The sides of all excavations shall be sufficiently sheeted, shored and braced
whenever necessary to prevent slides, cave-ins, settlements or movement
of the banks and to maintain the excavation clear of obstructions. Maintain
the walls of the excavation properly in place and protect all persons and
property from injury or damage. Sheeting, shoring or bracing materials shall
not be left in place unless as shown by the plans or permitted by Charleston
Water System. All sheeting and bracing shall be left in place until the trench
has been backfilled 1’ above the top of the pipe.
TRENCH BACKFILL
1.
The backfilling of pipeline trenches shall be started immediately after the
pipe work has been inspected. The initial backfill material, placed to a
height of 1’ above the top of the pipe, shall consist of approved backfill
material free from organic matter and deleterious substances, containing no
rocks or lumps over 2" in any dimension. It shall be carefully placed and
compacted through compaction of entire area backfilled.
2.
Backfill shall be deposited in 6" layers (before compaction) and thoroughly
compacted with power tools to 95% of theoretical maximum density,
modified Proctor ASTM-D-1557.
3.
Where pipe trenches are cut across or along pavement, the trenches shall
be backfilled in accordance with applicable permits.
4.
Backfilling around structures shall be done in the manner specified above
for pipe trenches by power tamping for the full depth of cut from the bottom
of the finished grade.
5.
All backfilling shall be done in such a manner as will not disturb or injure the
pipe or structure over or against which it is being placed. Any pipe or
structure injured, damaged or moved from its proper line or grade during
backfilling operations shall be uncovered, repaired, and then re-backfilled
as herein specified.
6.
All excavations suspected of not meeting compaction requirements shall be
tested for conformance by a Charleston Water System approved testing lab.
8-3
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Tests shall be performed at the locations and depths directed by Charleston
Water System.
F.
PIPE, VALVE, AND APPURTENANCE INSTALLATION
1.
General
a.
Inspect pipe for damage. Remove damaged and unacceptable pipe.
Keep interior and joint surfaces clean and free of foreign materials.
Install a mechanical joint or push-on type ductile iron plug whenever
work stops for a period of a day or greater.
b.
Replace pipe where any part of coating or lining is damaged.
c.
Lower pipe and accessories into trench by means of derrick, ropes,
belt slings, or other equipment approved by the manufacturer.
d.
Do not dump or drop any of the materials into the trench.
e.
Except where necessary in making connections to other lines, lay
pipe with the bells facing in the direction of laying.
f.
Rest the full length of each section of pipe solidly on the pipe bed,
with recesses excavated to accommodate bells, couplings, and
joints.
g.
Bell pipe using manufacture’s approved leverage bar. Do not use
machinery to bell pipe. Home line is to be clearly visible when pipe
is joined.
h.
Do not lay pipe in water or when trench conditions are unsuitable for
the work. Keep water out of the trench until jointing is completed.
i.
Re-lay pipe that has the grade or joint disturbed after laying.
j.
Install hydrants and valves in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations. See Construction Details
k.
Valves shall be carefully handled, cleaned and checked for operation
prior to backfilling. Care shall be taken to ensure that no dirt, rock,
or other obstacles that would interfere with the operation are left in
the valve. Valves shall be installed in a position such that the plane
of operation or rotation for the operating nut is parallel to the ground
surface.
8-4
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
3.
Alignment and Grade
a.
Fittings, valves and other appurtenances shall be located where
shown on the approved plans, with the pipe being cut if necessary to
assure accurate placement.
Install the pipe, valves, and
appurtenances to the alignment and profile shown on the approved
drawings.
b.
Pipe lines intended to be straight shall be so laid.
c.
Where vertical or horizontal alignment requires deflection from
straight lines or grade, do not exceed 75% of maximum deflection
recommended by the pipe manufacturer or AWWA Standard 600.
d.
If alignment requires deflection exceeding recommended limits,
furnish bends to provide angular deflections within the allowable
limits.
Jointing Pipe, Valves and Appurtenances
a.
Mechanical, Push-On, and Restrained Joint
Join pipe with mechanical or push-on type joints in accordance with
the manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide all special tools and
devices, such as special jacks, chokers, and similar items required
for proper installation. Lubricants for the pipe gaskets shall be used
and shall be manufacturer’s standard. All mechanical joints used on
hydrants, hydrant leads, taps and valves shall have restraining
glands.
b.
Flanged
Prior to connecting flanged pipe, the faces of the flanges shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all oil, grease, and foreign material. The
rubber gaskets shall be checked for proper fit and thoroughly
cleaned. Care shall be taken to ensure proper seating of the flange
gasket. Bolts shall be tightened so that the pressure on the gasket
is uniform. Torque-limiting wrenches shall be used to ensure uniform
bearing insofar as possible. If joints leak when the hydrostatic test is
applied, the gaskets shall be removed and reset and bolts retightened.
4.
Installation of Restraining Glands
a.
Adjoining surfaces shall be clean, lubricated and meet the
requirements of ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
8-5
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
5.
b.
Install using assembly recommendations established in
ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 as well as installation instructions
provided by the manufacturer.
c.
If twist-off nuts are provided, tighten screws until nuts break loose.
Thrust Blocking
Provide thrust blocking only at wet taps, or as directed by Charleston Water
System. The concrete mix shall have a 28-day compressive strength of not
less than 3,000 psi. The bearing surface shall be as shown or as directed
by Charleston Water System. Place the block so that the pipe and fitting
joints will be accessible to repairs, unless otherwise shown. See Details.
6.
7.
Cutting Pipe
a.
Cut pipe neatly and without damage to the pipe or lining.
b.
Unless otherwise recommended by the pipe manufacturer, cut pipe
with milling type cutter, rolling pipe cutter, or abrasive saw cutter. Do
not flame cut. Use wheel cutters when practical. Cuts must be even
and perpendicular with length of pipe. Dress cut ends of pipe in
accordance with manufacturer’s directives for the type of joint to be
made. Cut ends and rough edges should be ground smooth and, for
push-on type connection, the cut end must be beveled slightly.
V-Bio Polyethylene Encasement
For all ductile iron pipe, valves, fittings and appurtenances, install V-Bio
polyethylene encasement in accordance with AWWA C600 and
ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5 and also in accordance with recommendations
and practices of the AWWA M41, Manual of Water Supply Practices –
Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. Specifically, the wrap shall be overlapped one
foot in each direction at joints and secured in place around the pipe, and
any wrap at tap locations shall be taped tightly prior to tapping and
inspected for any needed repairs following the tap. Close all open ends and
damaged areas securely with poly-tape.
If damaged polyethylene
encasement cannot be repaired, replace with new encasement. All
installations shall be carried out by personnel trained and equipped to meet
these requirements.
G.
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING MAINS
1.
Connections to existing water mains shall be done by use of wet taps using
tapping sleeves and tapping valves.
8-6
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
H.
I.
2.
All water service taps shall be a minimum of one size smaller than the water
main being tapped unless the water main being tapped is part of a looped
water distribution system. In these cases the water service tap can be the
same size as the main being tapped but cannot be larger.
3.
Water service taps less than 6” in diameter will not be permitted from mains
that are greater than 16” in diameter. In cases where such a main provides
the only service availability, the proponent for service will be required to
construct a main extension suitable to meet their service needs, including
fire protection if none exists.
4.
Water service taps less than 6” in diameter will not be permitted from mains
that are prestressed concrete cylinder pipe (PCCP). In cases where such
a main provides the only service availability, the proponent for service will
be required to construct a main extension suitable to meet their service
needs, including fire protection if none exists.
5.
Water services will not be permitted from mains that are High Density
Polyethylene (HDPE).
6.
Charleston Water System reserves the right to stipulate the maximum size
tap available off of any water main regardless of the main size and
configuration, if it is deemed in Charleston Water System’s best interest to
do so. See Construction Details
SETTING VALVES AND VALVE BOXES
1.
Center valve box on the valve, setting plumb. Valve box shall not rest on
any part of the valve. See Construction Details
2.
Tamp earth fill around each valve box to a distance of 4' on all sides, or to
the undisturbed trench face if less than 4'.
3.
Install shaft extensions plumb without any binding.
4.
Fully open and close each valve to manufacturer’s specifications to assure
that all parts are in working condition.
VALVE BOX PROTECTION RING
Place valve box protection ring around top of valve box. Top of the ring is to be
level with top of valve box and or no more than 1" above finish grade. See
Construction Details
8-7
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
J.
K.
L.
INSTALLATION OF AIR RELEASE VALVES
1.
Install air release valve using tapping sleeve, 6” tee with tapped blind flange,
or welded on boss.
2.
Set valve plumb.
3.
Provide valve vault. See Construction Details
a.
Air release valves shall be enclosed in a 5’ diameter precast manhole
with a flat top slab as a minimum.
b.
Maintain minimum 12” clearance between top of air release valve
and bottom of top slab.
c.
Base shall be formed using solid concrete blocks set on a 12” deep
bed of compacted No. 57 stone.
d.
Provide manhole frame and cover.
METALLIC DETECTION TAPE INSTALLATION
1.
Provide 2” wide metallic detection tape on all direct buried water mains.
2.
Locate 12” below ground surface above pipe.
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED WATER SERVICES
The Developer’s contractor is responsible for the installation of all water services less
than 3”. The services shall be installed at the time of the water main installation.
1.
Description
This section includes material, installation and quality assurance
specifications for all ¾” through 2” metered water services, installed by
Charleston Water System-approved contractors. Contractor will install the
tap and service piping from the main to the property line, to include the
meter box. Contractor will supply all approved material, except for the
meter.
2.
Quality Assurance
Reference Standards of the American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
B1.20.1
General Purpose (Inch) Pipe Threads
B16.18
Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings
8-8
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
ASTM B32
Standard Specification for Solder Metal
ASTM B43
Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass
Pipe, Standard Sizes
ASTM B62
Standard Specification for Composition or Ounce
Metal Castings
ASTM B88
Standard Specification for Seamless Copper
Water Tube
ASTM B584
Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand
Castings
Material / Components
a.
b.
Castings
1.
All brass components in contact with potable water must be
made from either CDA/UNS Brass Alloys C89520 or C89833
with a maximum lead content of .25% by weight. Brass alloys
not listed in ANSI/AWWA C800 Paragraph 4.1.2 are not
approved. All fittings shall be stamped or embossed with a
mark or name indicating that the product is manufactured from
the low-lead alloy.
2.
Service saddles shall be made of ductile iron in accordance
with the chemical and mechanical requirements of ASTM
A536.
3.
Straps, nuts and bolts shall be made of type 304 or 316
stainless steel.
Exterior Coating
Ductile iron saddles shall have a fusion applied 10 mil epoxy or nylon
coating in accordance with AWWA Standard C116 / A21.16.
c.
Joint Material
All parts such as gaskets, seals, O-rings, and compression
components may be of other materials selected for endurance,
corrosion resistance, and strength, and must comply with AWWA
standards and the latest amendments to the Safe Drinking Water
Act.
8-9
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
4.
General Design
All fittings, valves and materials used shall be acceptable for the purpose
intended.
5.
Detailed Design
a.
Corporation Valves
Corporation Valves will have N.P.T. thread inlets. The outlet
connection will be CTS /OD, conductive compression (grip nut) type
outlets. Accepted products are:
b.
1.
Mueller – 300 Corp, Model # B-25028N (1” through 2”)
2.
Ford – Ball Corp, Model # FB1100-X-Q-NL (1” through 2”)
3.
A.Y. McDonald - Ball Corp, Model # 74704-BG (1” through 2”)
Service Saddles
Service Saddles shall only be used on 1 ½” and 2” taps unless
otherwise approved by Charleston Water System. Service Saddles
will have a ductile iron body with an I.P.T. threaded outlet, double
bolted or double strapped Type 304 or 316 stainless steel straps.
Ductile bodies are to be fusion bonded epoxy or nylon coated.
Accepted products are:
c.
1.
Ford, model # FCD 202
2.
Mueller, model # DR2S
3.
JCM, model # 406
4.
Romac, model # 202N
5.
Smith-Blair # 317
Service Line Fittings
Service Line Fittings used for installation shall be designed to
connect service lines by means of threads and compression.
d.
Copper Water Tube
Copper Water Tube shall be Type K copper tubing, 0.065” minimum
8-10
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
wall thickness, suitable for underground water services and supplied
in conformance with ASTM B88.
e.
Curb Stops
Provide curb stops for 1 ½” and 2” services. Accepted products are:
f.
1.
Mueller, Model # B-25209N
2.
A.Y. McDonald, Model # 76100-WG
3.
Ford, Model # B44-XX-Q-NL
Meter Boxes
All meter boxes shall be provided by the Contractor.
1.
2.
3.
¾” Meter Box
a.
5/8” x ¾” Ford Long Yokebox # LYLVV 344-233-TPCPW-G, angle key valve inlet, outlet with grip nut, and
CPW logo lid for electronic reading, equipped with
removable plug.
b.
A.Y. McDonald part # 76-208LLVV 337x005 for 5/8” x
¾” meter, ¾” CTS angle plug valve inlet x ¾” CTS
angle plug valve outlet with grip nut, non-locking CPW
logo lid, touchread hole with removable plug.
1” Meter Box
a.
Ford Yokebox #YL 111-444-TP, 1” female IPT on inlet
and outlet: 10” from meter to grade level, 13.5” overall
depth, 15” base diameter, 12 3/8” top overall diameter.
Lid shall be equipped with removable plug for AMR
setup.
b.
A.Y. McDonald part # 75-410BCGG 447 Straight 1”
FNPT ball valve inlet x Straight 1” FNPT outlet, 10”
meter centerline to grade level. Non-locking lid
equipped with 2” touchread hole with removable plug
for AMR setup.
1 ½” and 2” Meter Boxes
J&M Foundry CPW# - #P.C.1.5-C. Size: 29 5/8” Long x 16
8-11
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
1/8” Wide x 14” Deep. Material is ASTM A-48, Class 35 B iron
base with two piece iron lid rated for heavy traffic embossed
with Palmetto tree, crossed cannons and “Commissioners of
Public Works, Charleston, SC.”
g.
Meter Setters
Meter setters for 1 ½” and 2” flanged meters are constructed of brass
and copper tubing, ball valve inlet with padlock wing, check valve
outlet, brace pipe eyelet on FIP 90° Ells on inlet and outlet sides of
set-up. The Contractor shall provide meter setters. Accepted
products are:
6.
1.
Ford Meter Box Co. # VBH 76-15-44-66-G-NL for 1 ½” and #
VBH 77-15-44-77-G-NL for 2”.
2.
Mueller Co. #B-2422-2N for 1 ½” or 2” with 15” riser and 110
Compression connection.
3.
A.Y. McDonald 21-615WDGG 660 for 1 ½” and 721715WDGG 770 for 2”.
INSTALLATION
a.
1” direct taps are required for ¾” and 1” services on ductile iron
mains, and will have N.P.T. threads. All taps will be located at the 2
o'clock or 10 o'clock position on the main under system pressure,
and must be installed in accordance with AWWA Standard C-600.
Polyethylene wrap will be protected and replaced in accordance with
ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5 and ANSI/AWWA C600, Section 8:
Service Taps.
b.
Saddle taps are required on all PVC mains and when making 1 ½”
and 2” taps on ductile iron mains. Taps will be made with throughthe-saddle style tapping machines, using coupon-type tapping bits
under system pressure. The tapered iron drill bit shall be used where
saddles are required on ductile iron. All saddle taps are to be located
at the 2 o'clock or 10 o'clock position on the main.
c.
Polyethylene Wrap
When direct tapping on pipe encased in polyethylene wrap, cover the
area of the pipe to be tapped with dielectric tape to protect the
polyethylene wrap from additional damage. Make an "X" shaped cut
at the tap location prior to making the tap. When using a saddle on
ductile iron, remove only the portion of wrap that will allow the saddle
8-12
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
gasket to come in complete contact with the pipe. Repair all rips or
cuts with polyethylene tape, cover the saddle with wrap on all pipe
and the copper service for 3’ from the main. See Figure 1 below.
Figure 1.
d.
e.
Pipe Installation
1.
All service lines will be installed with a minimum of 36” to a
maximum of 48” of cover on all street crossings, and a
minimum of 24” under all open ditches.
2.
PVC sleeves are optional on service lines crossing streets,
driveways or parking areas. The Contractor may install a
capped 4" Schedule 40 PVC water service carrier pipe to
provide the flexibility of installing the water service line at a
later date during the construction period. The carrier pipe will
be used to install copper water service lines. The carrier pipe
shall be installed a minimum of 36" and a maximum of 60”
below the surface of the road and made easily accessible.
The carrier pipe shall be flagged with direct burial
electronically detectable tape.
3.
Swing joints, double 90 degree bends at the service tap, are
required on all 1 ½” and 2” services to allow for expansion and
contraction to the service and to assist in establishing the
correct grade for street crossings.
Meter Box Installation
1.
The contractor will be responsible for the final finished grade
of boxes until all connections are complete, the system has
received South Carolina Department of Health and
8-13
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Environmental Control (SC DHEC) approval to operate, and
Charleston Water System has accepted the system.
Installations will comply with the following requirements:
f.
a.
Boxes shall be placed on a 6” bed of gravel with the top
of the box placed flush with the finished grade of the
property. Concrete blocks 4” x 8” x 16” will be used to
support and level the larger PC box for 1 ½” and 2”
services.
b.
Meter setters shall utilize 1” PVC pipe through the
eyelets to stabilize the setup during backfill
procedures.
Meter Installation
The following requirements shall be met prior to Charleston Water
System installing a meter:
1.
2.
Pre-Tap Services
a.
Meter box shall be flush and level to final grade (grade
once landscaping has been completed).
b.
Water shall be on at box (from main).
c.
Box shall be tied to house, unit, condo, apartment, etc.
d.
Contractor must provide assistance when meters are
being installed where it is not readily evident as to what
the meter/meter box is serving to verify meter is serving
the proper customer.
Full Tap Services
a.
Customer must provide correct address/location where
service is to be installed.
b.
Charleston Water System has the right to install the
service at a location it deems suitable, if;
1.
The customer does not place the orange card at
a desired location.
2.
The customer’s desired location is not suitable
for the service installation.
8-14
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
g.
All Services
a.
Service shall not be installed in concrete or asphalt
such as driveway, sidewalk, etc. Exceptions may be
made in city setting with the approval of Charleston
Water System.
b.
Meter box shall not be installed within 3’ of trees,
bushes, shrubs, etc. If anything is planted, placed or
installed within the 3’ radius, the customer may be
required to move, trim, prune, etc., so that Charleston
Water System may gain access to its appurtenance(s).
c.
If the customer requests a meter box be installed in a
flowerbed, the customer must remove plants for a 3’
radius around the area and a 3’ path to the public right
of way. If plants are not removed, Charleston Water
System shall not be responsible for damages to the
plants.
d.
Meter shall be installed within two (2) years from date
of work order or monies will be refunded.
Disinfection
Pipe and fittings will be kept free of any debris and trash during
installation, and will be flushed completely after installation.
h.
Pressure Testing
Pressure testing may be required on Contractor-installed service
lines. If specified, each service shall be subjected to and successfully
meet a pressure test of 150% of its working pressure, but not less
than 150 psi. This test should be made following an approved test
on the new main installation and should be treated separately. No
tests will be permitted using air pressure.
i.
Backfilling
All backfilling will be done in accordance with these Standards and
all applicable permits.
M.
HYDROSTATIC TESTING
1.
Conduct hydrostatic testing in accordance with AWWA C600.
8-15
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
3.
a.
Conduct tests on each line or valved section of line.
b.
Clean and flush line of dirt and foreign material.
c.
Test pressures shall be 150 psi based on the elevation of the lowest
point of the section under test and corrected to the elevation of the
test gauge.
d.
Slowly fill main in order to expel air from the main through the air
release valves or other appurtenance.
e.
Tests are to be conducted in the presence of the Developer’s
Engineer or his representative and witnessed by a Charleston Water
System representative.
Pressure test
a.
Pressure test shall be conducted in accordance with AWWA C600.
Each section of the pipeline shall be subjected to and successfully
meet a pressure test of 150% of its working pressure, but not less
than 150 psi. The line shall be slowly filled with water and all air
expelled through the air valves or other means.
b.
A suitable test pump, furnished by the Contractor, shall be connected
to the line by means of a tap in the line, or other suitable method,
and the proper test pressure slowly applied to the line. The test
pressure, +/- 5 psi, shall be maintained for at least two (2) hours.
Leaks, if found, shall be immediately repaired. The Developer’s
Engineer or his representative shall be present on site and confirm
the test results.
c.
Replace defective pipe, joints, fittings and valves with new material
and repeat the test until results are satisfactory.
Leakage test
a.
Conduct leakage test after the pressure test has been satisfactorily
completed.
b.
Duration of each leakage test: minimum of two (2) hours.
c.
Testing allowance shall be defined as the maximum quantity of
makeup water that is added into a pipeline undergoing hydrostatic
pressure testing, or any valved section thereof, in order to maintain
pressure within +/- 5 psi of the specified test pressure (after the
pipeline has been filled with water and the air has been expelled).
8-16
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
No pipe installation will be accepted if the quantity of makeup water
is greater than that determined by the following formula:
L
SD P
148,000
Where:
L = testing allowance (makeup water), in gallons per hour
S = length of pipe tested, in feet
D = nominal diameter of pipe, in inches
P = average test pressure during the hydrostatic test, in
pounds per square inch (gauge)
N.
1.
When testing against closed metal seated valves, an
additional leakage per closed valve of 0.0078 gallons per hour
per inch of nominal valve size will be allowed.
2.
Should test disclose leakage greater than that specified
above, repair, or if necessary, remove and replace the
defective joint or valve until the leakage is within the specified
allowance.
DISINFECTION
1.
2.
Conduct disinfection in accordance with AWWA C651 before being placed
in service.
a.
Upon completion of testing, disinfect all water mains in accordance
with SC DHEC requirements.
b.
Newly laid valves or other appurtenances shall be operated several
times while line is filled with chlorinating agent.
c.
If bacteriological test results fail, to meet results specified, repeat
procedures until satisfactory results are obtained.
Procedure
a.
Flush line to extent possible with available pressure and outlets, prior
to disinfection.
8-17
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
b.
Apply chlorine as liquid chlorine and chlorine compound such as
calcium hypochlorite with known chlorine content. Water from the
existing distribution system or other source of supply should be
controlled so as to flow slowly into the newly laid pipeline during the
application of chlorine.
c.
Apply through corporation cock in top of main, at beginning of section
being sterilized.
d.
Use proper feeder and flow regulator to introduce chlorinating agent.
e.
Application rate shall not be less than 50 ppm.
f.
Retain chlorinated water in main not less than 24 hours.
g.
At end of retention period, at least 10 ppm of chlorine shall remain in
the water at the extreme end of section.
h.
Flush the system with potable water and the sampling program
begins.
i.
Dechlorinate chlorinated water used for disinfecting in accordance
with the requirements of SC DHEC.
Acceptance
a.
Provide two (2) separate samples for each sample location, taken at
24 hour intervals, free of coliform bacteria. The Developer’s
Engineer or contractor shall pull samples in accordance with SC
DHEC specifications. Provide a copy of sample results to Charleston
Water System.
b.
Sample locations shall be as required by SC DHEC and, at a
minimum, at the following locations:
c.
1.
The tie-in location of new and existing water mains.
2.
The end of all dead-end mains.
3.
At intervals of no more than 1,200’.
All sample locations are to be given an identifying label.
8-18
EC-MGT-9 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 9
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
FIRE HYDRANTS
The following information coves water distribution system fire hydrant
requirements and is applicable to all developments requiring fire hydrants in
Charleston Water System’s water service area. No deviation from these
requirement will be allowed without the expressed written consent of Charleston
Water System.
A.
B.
GENERAL
1.
Charleston Water System reserves the right to require the installation of fire
hydrants on all distribution and transmission mains that are proposed for
construction. The responsible authority for fire protection in the project area
will approve the location of the hydrants.
2.
When the jurisdictional fire department establishes no specific
requirements, hydrants will be spaced to provide minimum 500’ coverage
in urban areas and 1000’ coverage in rural areas, as determined by
Charleston Water System. Charleston Water System reserves the right to
require closer hydrant spacing in densely developed areas, industrial areas
or commercial areas.
3.
The minimum main size for water mains providing fire protection and
serving fire hydrants shall be 6” in diameter.
4.
Fire hydrant leads shall be a minimum of 6" diameter. A hydrant control
valve shall be installed on all hydrant leads.
5.
As a matter of policy, Charleston Water System does not allow the
installation of private fire hydrants.
MATERIALS
1.
Fire Hydrants
a.
Compression type, opening against pressure and closing with
pressure, comply with ANSI/AWWA C502 dry-barrel fire hydrants,
existing national standards and ANSI B26.
b.
Hydrants shall have a 6” mechanical joint connection with a 5 ¼”
main valve. EPDM rubber will be specified on all hydrants and
hydrant replacement parts to protect against chloramine
deterioration.
9-1
EC-MGT-10 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
c.
Six inch (6") bell connection, two (2) 2 ½” hose connections, one (1)
4 ½” pumper nozzle with mechanical removal feature, set screw, lock
ring, etc., and shall conform to ANSI B26, but will not have chains
attaching the hydrant clip to the upper barrel.
d.
Hydrants shall have a 1 ½” pentagon shaped operating stem nut and
shall “Open Right” (clockwise) unless on the Navy Base in which
case hydrants shall “Open Left” (counterclockwise). Arrow shall be
cast in top of hydrant indicating direction of opening.
e.
National Standard screw threads on outlet nozzles.
f.
Two-part breakable safety flange shall be integral parts of barrel
casting at least 2” above bury line.
g.
Barrel lengths shall generally be for 3'-6" bury.
h.
Interior shall be two-part thermosetting or fusion bonded, coated
holiday free to a minimum thickness of 4 mils conforming to AWWA
C550: Standard for Protective Interior Coatings for Valves and
Hydrants.
i.
Exterior coating shall be as follows:
1.
Hydrant barrel will be painted Industrial Safety Yellow, enamel
or epoxy coated.
2.
Weather cap (bonnet), operating nut, and nozzle caps will be
painted Industrial White enamel.
3.
Exterior hydrant parts below ground will be asphaltic or epoxy
coated.
j.
All bronze or brass internal working parts in contact with service
water are to be maximum 16% in zinc content and 79% minimum in
copper.
k.
Retaining bolts from shoe to lower barrel shall be 316 stainless steel.
l.
Upper assembly shall be provided with a grease or oil reservoir that
automatically lubricates all operating stem threads and bearing
surfaces each time of operation. The system shall be completely
sealed from waterway and external contaminants. The reservoir is
to have an external filler point that does not require dismantling any
portion of the hydrant during regular maintenance and all hydrants
9-2
EC-MGT-10 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
are to be completely lubricated with food grade product prior to
leaving the factory.
2.
3.
m.
Exterior casting shall indicate type, design, date, and location of
manufacturer.
n.
Upper and lower main stem rods shall be steel, stainless steel, or
bronze in accordance with AWWA C502.
o.
Acceptable products: Mueller Company (Super Centurion A-423),
American Darling (B-84-B), or American AVK (Series 2780).
Fire Hydrant Offset Fitting
a.
Provide 6”, 12”, or 24”.
b.
Acceptable product: Grade Lok as manufactured by Assured Flow
Sales, Inc., or approved equal.
Joint Material
Connections between the hydrant and the water main shall be by
mechanical joint with restrained glands conforming to ANSI/AWWA Rubber
Gasket Joints for Grey-Iron and Ductile and C111/A21.11 Iron Pressure
Pipe and Fittings
4.
V-Bio Polyethylene Encasement
Install V-Bio polyethylene encasement in accordance with AWWA C600
and ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5 and also in accordance with
recommendations and practices of the AWWA M41, Manual of Water
Supply Practices – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings.
5.
Fire Hydrant Reflector
Provide industry standard blue hydrant reflector for paved roadway - South
Carolina Department of Transportation approved.
C.
INSTALLATION
1.
Inspect hydrant carefully, ensuring that all foreign material is removed from
the barrel. Inspect materials upon receipt for damaged or missing items.
Store rubber gaskets under cover, out of direct sunlight. Do not store nuts,
bolts, glands, and other appurtenances directly on the ground. Keep
interiors free of dirt and debris.
9-3
EC-MGT-10 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
D.
2.
Hydrants shall be carefully handled, cleaned and checked for operation
prior to backfilling. Care shall be taken to ensure that no dirt, rock and other
obstacles that would interfere with the operation are left in the hydrant.
3.
Provide proper anchorage to fire hydrant installations by means of retainer
glands.
4.
Rotate fire hydrant offset fitting so hydrant is plumb and at the elevation
detailed or install extension kit as necessary to position the bury line at
finished grade.
5.
Install stone drainage bed. Fire hydrants must be provided with a gravel
pocket or dry well. Hydrant drains must not be connected to or be located
within ten (10) feet of wastewater sewers.
6.
Provide V-Bio polyethylene wrap around boot. Ensure weep holes in
hydrant boot are not obstructed.
7.
Fully open and close each hydrant to manufacturer’s specification to assure
that all parts are in working condition.
8.
Install blue hydrant reflector on centerline of paved roadway marking the
perpendicular location of hydrant with reference to the road centerline.
ACCEPTANCE
1.
Prior to acceptance by Charleston Water System, if paint is damaged or
otherwise not acceptable, hydrants shall be repainted in accordance with
these Standards.
2.
All hydrants shall be bagged until South Carolina Department of Health and
Environmental Control (SC DHEC) permit to operate has been received and
Charleston Water System approval granted.
9-4
EC-MGT-10 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 10
WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEM GRAVITY SEWER
DESIGN STANDARDS
The following information covers wastewater collection system gravity sewer
design standards and is applicable to all developments requiring wastewater
service from Charleston Water System. No deviation from these standards will be
allowed without the expressed written consent of Charleston Water System.
A.
B.
GENERAL
1.
The following wastewater collection system gravity sewer design standards
are based on Federal, State, and local health requirements, and the
requirements of Charleston Water System.
2.
These design standards are applicable to all developments requiring
wastewater service from Charleston Water System.
3.
As a general rule, Charleston Water System does not allow aerial crossings.
Examples of aerial crossings include, but are not limited to mains
constructed on piers or pilings, and mains attached to structures such as
roadways, bridges or piers.
DESIGN CRITERIA
1.
Design gravity sewer mains in accordance with the requirements of the
South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control Standards
for Wastewater Facility Construction: R.61-67 and the requirements of
these standards.
2.
Gravity sewer mains shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) or ductile iron pipe
(DIP).
3.
Use PVC C900, C905 or Ductile Iron Pipe where wastewater piping:
a.
Depth of cover is less than 3’.
b.
Depth of cover is greater than 18’.
c.
Crosses over water mains.
d.
Crosses beneath water main with less than 18” vertical separation.
e.
Crosses beneath storm drainage pipe or structure with less than 3’
vertical separation.
10-1
EC-MGT-11 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
C.
f.
Crosses above storm drainage or other pipe with less than 2’ vertical
separation.
g.
Installed in casing.
4.
Provide straight alignment and depth adequate to receive wastewater from
the lowest service.
5.
Locate gravity sewer mains and manholes outside of paved roadway, if
possible.
6.
Minimum main diameter shall be 8”. Maximum diameter shall not exceed
the diameter of the downstream main from the point of connection.
7.
Where a smaller sewer joins a larger one, match the crowns of each.
8.
Provide suitable cover on all mains. Minimal cover depth shall be 3’ at
finished grade.
9.
All mains located within a public right-of-way shall be constructed in
accordance with applicable permits and these Standards.
10.
Maximum manhole spacing: 400’.
11.
Services with cleanouts shall be installed to all lots so as to properly serve
each existing house and each vacant lot facing or abutting on the street or
alley in which the gravity sewer main is being laid, and at such other
locations as may be designated by Charleston Water.
12.
Locate cleanout at the property line or edge of easement to provide access
for maintenance.
CAPACITY DESIGN
1.
Size mains based on peak hourly flow projections two and one half (2.5)
times the average daily flow projection.
2.
Average daily flow projections for all domestic wastewater facilities shall be
based on the type of facility to be served.
3.
All flows shall comply with the unit contributory loading criteria, Appendix A
of the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control
Standards for Wastewater Facility Construction: R.61-67.
4.
Design for minimum velocity of two (2) feet per second with pipe flowing full.
Use Manning coefficient of roughness n = 0.013.
10-2
EC-MGT-11 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
5.
Minimum Slope in Percent (Feet per 100 Feet)
Mains
8”
10”
12”
15”
18”
20” and 21”
24”
D.
SEPARATION OF WASTEWATER MAINS AND WATER MAINS
1.
Where possible, locate wastewater mains at least 10’ feet horizontally away
from water mains. The distance shall be measured edge to edge.
2.
Should 10’ feet separation not be practical, then the wastewater main may
be located closer provided:
a.
It is laid in a separate trench.
b.
It is laid in the same trench with the water main located at one side
on a bench of undisturbed earth.
3.
Crown elevation of the wastewater main shall be at least 18" below the
invert elevation of the water main at a minimum diagonal of 45 degrees.
4.
If 18” vertical separation is not practical, the wastewater main may be
located closer provided:
5.
E.
0.40%
0.28%
0.22%
0.15%
0.12%
0.10%
0.08%
a.
It is located below the water main.
b.
A full length of pipe is installed in the wastewater main centered so
that each joint is equidistant from the water main. Wastewater pipe
shall be PVC C900, C905 or Ductile Iron. Provide restrained joint
fittings when transitioning from Ductile Iron to PVC.
c.
Flowable fill is placed between the water main and wastewater main.
Requests to place a wastewater main over a water main will be reviewed
on a case-by-case basis.
SEPARATION OF WASTEWATER MAINS AND STORM DRAINS
1.
No wastewater piping shall pass through or come in contact with any part
of a storm drainage pipe or structure.
10-3
EC-MGT-11 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
F.
2.
Provide minimum 18” vertical separation between wastewater piping and
storm drainage pipe or structure. Request for vertical separation less than
18” will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
3.
Where wastewater piping crosses beneath a storm drainage pipe or
structure with less than 3’ vertical separation, use PVC C900, C905 or
Ductile Iron Pipe.
4.
Where wastewater piping crosses above a storm drainage pipe or structure
with less than 2’ vertical separation, use PVC C900, C905 or Ductile Iron
Pipe.
SERVICES
1.
Locate at property corner.
2.
Size:
a.
b.
3.
4.
Minimum service size is 6” diameter for the following applications:
1.
Up to two individual residential units connected to a double
wye.
2.
Single commercial building.
3.
Multi-family buildings up to 4 units.
Minimum service size is 8” diameter for multi-family buildings
consisting of more than 4 units.
Minimum slope for services is as follows:
a.
6” service – 1.0%
b.
8” service – 0.40%
Service connections:
a.
6” services – connect at manhole or gravity main.
b.
8” services – connect at manhole.
c.
When connection is at manhole, install so the crown of the gravity
main and service is the same.
10-4
EC-MGT-11 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
d.
G.
When connection is to gravity main, use wye branches. Wyes shall
be of the same material and strength as the main on which they are
installed.
MANHOLES
1.
Maximum spacing: 400’.
2.
Manhole diameter:
Standard Manholes Schedule of Governing Dimensions
Pipe Size
Manhole Diameter
8" to 12"
*4' - 0"
14" to 18"
5' - 0"
21" to 30"
6' - 0"
36" or Larger
7' - 0"
*Drop manholes and manholes over 8’ deep shall be a minimum of 5’ in
diameter.
3.
Minimum downstream angle between sewer mains intersecting at manhole:
90 degrees.
4.
Drop Manholes:
a.
Use inside drop manholes where the difference in incoming and
outgoing pipe invert elevations is 24” or greater. All other lines shall
enter at the invert of the manhole.
b.
Drop manholes shall have a minimum inside diameter of 5’. See
Construction Details
c.
No more than two (2) 6” drops or one (1) 8” drop shall be allowed in
a single manhole.
10-5
EC-MGT-11 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 11
WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEM GRAVITY SEWER
MATERIALS FOR CONSTRUCTION
The following information covers wastewater collection system gravity sewer
materials for construction requirements and is applicable to all developments
requiring wastewater service from Charleston Water System. No deviation from
these requirements will be allowed without the expressed written consent of
Charleston Water System.
A.
B.
GENERAL
1.
This section includes pipe and fitting material specifications, and joint
material and encasement requirements.
2.
All materials used in the construction of gravity sewers shall be new and
unused when delivered on-site and shall be suitable for installation and
operation under the conditions for which they are to be used.
PIPE AND FITTINGS
1.
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings
a.
4” - 15” SDR 26 and 18” - 36” PS - 115:
1.
Pipe and fittings shall meet the requirements of ASTM D3034
for 4” through 15” SDR 26 and F679 for 18” through 36” PS 115 sewer pipe.
2.
The pipe shall be colored green for in-ground identification as
sewer pipe.
3.
Pipe shall be made from quality PVC resin equal to or
exceeding cell class 12454 or 12365 as defined in ASTM
D1784.
4.
Provisions must be made for expansion and contraction at
each joint with an elastomeric gasket.
5.
The bell shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid
cross section elastomeric gasket which meets the
requirements of ASTM F477.
6.
Gaskets shall be factory assembled and securely locked in
place to prevent displacement during assembly.
11-1
EC-MGT-12 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
b.
2.
7.
Standard laying lengths shall be 14’ or 20’.
8.
Fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and
furnished by the pipe supplier or approved equal and have bell
and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe.
9.
For transitions between PVC and Ductile Iron Pipe use ductile
iron adapter with Protecto 401 lining by Romac Industries,
Inc., Model 501 Transition Coupling or approved equal.
C900/C905:
1.
Pipe and fittings 4” through 12” shall meet the requirements
of AWWA C900. Pipe and fittings 14” through 24” shall meet
the requirements of AWWA C905.
2.
The bell shall consist of an integral thickened wall section with
an elastomeric seal. The wall thickness in the bell section
shall conform to the requirements of Section 6.2 of ASTM
D3139.
3.
The pipe shall be manufactured to cast iron outside diameter
in accordance with AWWA C900/C905.
4.
The seal shall meet the requirements of ASTM F477.
5.
Standard laying lengths shall be 20’.
6.
The pipe shall be colored green for in-ground identification as
sewer pipe.
Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) and Fittings
a.
Pipe and fittings shall be lined with Protecto 401, 40 mils nominal
thickness.
b.
For transitions between PVC and Ductile Iron Pipe use ductile iron
adapter with Protecto 401 lining by Romac Industries, Inc., Model
501 Transition Coupling or approved equal.
c.
Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI A21.50/AWWA C150 and
conform to the requirements of A21.51/AWWA C151. Push-on and
restrained joint pipe shall have a minimum rated working pressure of
150 psi.
11-2
EC-MGT-12 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
C.
Pipe and fittings shall be furnished with push-on joints, push-on
restrained joints, mechanical joints, and flanged joints as required.
Pipe ends (spigot end, bell, and socket) for all pipes shall comply
with the standard dimensions of ANSI/AWWA C151/A1.5.
e.
Push-on joints shall conform to ANSI A21.11/AWWA C111.
f.
Mechanical joints and bolts shall conform to AWWA C111. Bolts
shall be high strength low alloy steel.
g.
Polyethylene encasement shall NOT be used on gravity sewers.
h.
Acceptable products: American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Griffin Pipe
Company, U.S. Pipe Company, and McWane Cast Iron Pipe
Company.
METALLIC DETECTION TAPE
1.
D.
d.
Provide 2” wide metallic detection tape on all buried piping.
a.
Provide 5.0 mil overall thickness with no less than a 50 gauge solid
aluminum foil core.
b.
Foil to be visible from both sides.
c.
No inks or printing extended to the edges of the tape.
d.
Encase printing to avoid ink rub-off.
e.
Tensile strength – 28 lbs/inch.
f.
Use heat set Mylar inks.
2.
Locate 12” below ground surface in pipe trench.
3.
Color to be green.
4.
Wording on tape to indicate “CAUTION SEWER LINE BURIED BELOW” at
no greater than 24” on center.
MANHOLES
1.
Precast manholes shall be in accordance with ASTM C478.
2.
Use precast manholes without steps. Factory installed steps shall be
removed and penetrations grouted.
11-3
EC-MGT-12 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
Manhole diameter:
Standard Manholes Schedule of Governing Dimensions
Pipe Size
Manhole Diameter
8" to 12"
*4' - 0"
14" to 18"
5' - 0"
21" to 30"
6' - 0"
36" or Larger
7' - 0"
*Drop manholes and manholes over 8’ deep shall be a minimum of 5’ in
diameter.
4.
Manhole riser sections, minimum wall thickness shall be:
Minimum Wall Thickness
4’ Diameter Manhole
5”
5’ Diameter Manhole
5”
6’ Diameter Manhole
6”
Cone sections shall have a minimum wall thickness of 8" at their top.
5.
Provide monolithic base slab with walls. Bottoms cast with invert and bench
are acceptable. Minimum base slab thickness shall be:
Minimum Base Slab Thickness
4’ Diameter Manhole
6”
5’ Diameter Manhole
8”
6’ Diameter Manhole
8”
6.
Suitable openings for inlet and outlet sewer pipe shall be cast or cored into
the base sections and into riser sections for drop connections. These
openings shall be circular, accurately made, and located as required for
each manhole. Base riser sections shall be set on compacted pipe
embedment material, 12" in thickness. See Construction Details
7.
Flexible manhole sleeves or flexible manhole entrance joints shall be
installed on all pipe entering and leaving manholes. The flange shall be
secured to the wall of the manhole base to form a tight water-stop. Sleeve
material shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C-923. Sleeves shall
11-4
EC-MGT-12 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
be secured to the sewer pipe to make a watertight union with stainless steel
strap clamps, draw bolts, and nuts.
8.
The manhole sections shall be jointed with "Ram-Nek" joint sealer or equal.
"Ram-Nek" shall be placed as recommended by the manufacturer. Outside
of joint shall be wrapped with WrapidSeal Manhole Encapsulation System
or approved equal. Material shall be 12” in width, centered on the joint.
Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. See
Construction Details
9.
Manhole inverts shall be constructed of cement grout and shall have the
same cross section as the invert of the sewers, which they connect. The
manhole invert shall be carefully formed to the required size and grade by
gradual and even changes in sections. All channels shall be troweled
smooth. Changes in direction to flow through the manhole shall be made to
a true curve with as large a radius as the size of the manhole will permit.
Concrete brick will be used to form only the invert channel walls. All other
annular space shall be filled with non-shrink concrete grout. No fillers such
as broken block, gravel, sand, or excavated material, are allowed in the
construction of fillets (benches). Inverts shall be "U" design with top of "U"
even with the crown of the pipe. Invert piping shall not extend inside
manhole any farther than 2". The slope of the invert benches shall be a
minimum of 2" higher than the crown of the pipe. When dissimilar pipe size
occurs, the elevation of the crown of the pipes must be the same. See
Construction Details
10.
Manhole sections shall be free from large honeycombs, cracks, spalds,
large chips, exposed reinforcing, and broken bells or spigots. Allowable
deviation in form joints shall be 1”. Edges of bells and spigots shall be even
and straight.
11.
Size lift holes and inserts for a precision fit with the lift devices. Do not
penetrate through the manhole wall. Comply with OSHA Standard.
12.
Provide flat slab tops where manhole depth is less than 4'-0". Use flat slab
top section: HS-20 traffic loading. See Construction Details
13.
Frames and covers:
a.
General:
This specification is applicable for gray iron castings. East Jordan
Iron Works, Inc. or U.S. Foundry shall manufacture all castings.
Frames and covers shall be East Jordan Iron Works model 2029 or
U.S. Foundry model 480 frame and RA-SSG cover.
11-5
EC-MGT-12 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
b.
Materials:
Gray iron castings for heavy-duty applications shall be manufactured
from iron conforming to ASTM A48 Class 35B, as noted in AASHTO
M306-04.
c.
Manufacture:
The covers will be water tight with no holes or perforations. Two
stainless steel pick bars will be included on cover. Castings shall be
of uniform quality, free from sand holes, gas holes, shrinkage, cracks
and other surface defects. Surfaces of the castings shall be free from
burned-on sand and shall be reasonably smooth. Runners, risers,
fins and other cast-on pieces shall be removed from the castings and
such areas shall be ground smooth. Bearing surfaces between
manhole rings and covers shall be cast or machined with such
precision that uniform bearing shall be provided throughout the
perimeter area of contact. As-cast dimensions may vary within
accepted industry tolerances.
d.
Proof Load Testing:
Traffic service castings shall have a first article proof load test
conducted and the results of that proof load test shall be made
available to the Charleston Water System upon request. The proof
load test shall be conducted in accordance with the methods and
procedures outlined in AASHTO M306-04, Section 5, Proof Load
Testing.
e.
Marking:
Each casting shall be identifiable and show, at a minimum, the
following: name of the producing foundry, country of manufacture
(such as “Made in USA”), ASTM material designation, recycle
symbol, individual part number. Cast into the center of the cover will
be the letters CPW, 2” – 3” in height. Also cast into the cover will be
the words SANITARY SEWER, 1 ½” – 2” in height. Producing
foundry name will be cast with a height of 1”.
14.
Manhole Frame to Cone connection (Exterior)
Wrap outside of frame to cone connection using WrapidSeal Manhole
Encapsulation System. Install per manufacturer’s instructions.
11-6
EC-MGT-12 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
15.
Drop Manhole
Where the difference in the invert elevation between an intersecting sewer
and a manhole is 24" or greater, an inside drop manhole shall be
constructed. It shall be similar in construction to the standard manhole
except that a drop connection of pipe and fittings of the proper size and
material shall be constructed inside the manhole and supported by stainless
steel clamps and bolts. See Construction Details
16.
E.
Coatings:
a.
Coat force main receiving manholes and the next manhole
downstream.
b.
Coat pump station receiving manhole.
c.
Coating shall be Raven 405 Epoxy System and shall be applied by
a Raven Certified Applicator.
d.
Coating shall be tested for pinholes using approved spark test
method. Applicator shall be responsible for correcting any defects
found during testing.
PIPE AND MANHOLE FOUNDATION AND BACKFILL MATERIALS
1.
Pipe and manhole bedding material shall be No. 57 stone.
2.
Backfill Materials
a.
Reuse of existing excavated materials will be allowed provided the
materials are compactable, dried or dampened to their optimum
moisture content, are free from roots and large clods of clay, and are
granular and non-cohesive in nature.
b.
Select fill shall be sand-clay, fine sand or sand gravel mixes.
11-7
EC-MGT-12 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 12
WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEM GRAVITY SEWER
CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
The following information covers wastewater collection system gravity sewer
construction procedures and is applicable to all developments requiring
wastewater service from Charleston Water System. No deviation from these
procedures will be allowed without the expressed written consent of Charleston
Water System.
A.
B.
GENERAL
1.
Construction of water and wastewater systems to be turned over to
Charleston Water System must be performed by a Charleston Water
System Approved Contractor. The Approved Contractor lists for both Large
Projects (those greater than $50,000) and Small Projects (those $50,000
and less) are available on our website. Requirements for being considered
an Approved Contractor can be obtained by contacting the Assistant
Director
of
Engineering
and
Construction
by
email
at
[email protected] or by telephone at (843) 727-6876.
2.
Prior to construction activities taking place, the Developer’s Engineer shall
coordinate in advance a Pre-Construction Meeting with the assigned
Charleston Water System Construction Inspector.
The Developer,
Developer’s Engineer, Approved Contractor(s), and Charleston Water
System’s Construction Inspector shall be in attendance at a minimum.
3.
If any requirements for carrying out project construction are not met,
Charleston Water System reserves the right to have the Developer’s
Engineer issue a STOP WORK ORDER.
HANDLING OF MATERIALS
1.
Handle pipe so as to ensure delivery to the trench is sound, undamaged
condition.
a.
Carry pipe into position.
b.
Use pinch bars, slings or tongs for aligning or turning the pipe.
c.
Use care not damage Ductile Iron Pipe lining.
12-1
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
Storage of PVC pipe:
a.
3.
C.
D.
b.
Store in unit packages as received from manufacturer until just prior
to use.
Stack units to prevent deformation to pipe barrel and bells.
c.
Protect from direct sunlight by covering with opaque material.
Rubber gaskets: Store in a cool dark place until just prior to time of
installation.
PIPE CUTTING
1.
Cut pipe neatly and without damage to the pipe.
2.
Unless otherwise recommended by the pipe manufacturer, cut pipe with
milling type cutter, rolling pipe cutter, or abrasive saw cutter. Do not flame
cut. Use wheel cutters when practical. Cuts must be even and
perpendicular with length of pipe. Dress cut ends of pipe in accordance
with manufacturer’s directives for the type of joint to be made. Cut ends
and rough edges should be ground smooth and, for push-on type
connection, the cut end must be beveled slightly.
TRENCH EXCAVATION
This section of the Minimum Standards is provided to outline most types of laying
conditions, but is not intended to cover all special laying conditions or the
Engineer’s special requirements.
1.
Trench excavation shall be made in open cut and true to the lines and
grades shown on the plans, unless boring is necessary or required. Banks
of the trenches shall be cut in vertical, parallel planes, equidistant from the
pipe centerline. The horizontal distance between such planes, or the overall
width of trench, shall vary with the size of the pipe to be installed. The
overall width of trench shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. See
Construction Details
2.
Bell holes for bell-and-spigot pipe shall be excavated at proper intervals so
that the barrel of the pipe will rest for its entire length upon the bottom of the
trench. Bell holes shall be large enough to permit proper installation of joints
in the pipe.
3.
When muck, quicksand, soft clay, swampy or other material unsuitable for
foundations or sub-grade is encountered, such material shall be removed
and replaced with No. 57 stone.
12-2
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
E.
4.
After excavation, the area between the final pipe grade and the trench soil
bottom shall be filled with No. 57 stone as required, compacted to proper
grade, and made ready for pipe laying.
5.
Debris encountered in trench excavation for sewer mains and other
pipelines shall be removed for the overall width of trench which shall be as
shown on the plans. It shall be removed to a depth of 6" below the bottom
of the pipe for pipes smaller than 24" in size; 8" below the bottom of the pipe
for pipes 24" to 36" in size; and 12" below the bottom of the pipe for pipes
larger than 36" in size, if debris extends to such depth.
6.
In all cases, materials deposited shall be placed so that in the event of rain,
no damage will result to the work.
7.
The sides of all excavations shall be sufficiently sheeted, shored and braced
whenever necessary to prevent slides, cave-ins, settlements or movement
of the banks and to maintain the excavation clear of obstructions. Maintain
the walls of the excavation properly in place and protect all persons and
property from injury or damage. Sheeting, shoring or bracing materials shall
not be left in place unless as shown by the plans or permitted by Charleston
Water System. All sheeting and bracing shall be left in place until the trench
has been backfilled 1’ above the top of the pipe.
TRENCH BACKFILL
1.
The backfilling of pipeline trenches shall be started immediately after the
pipe work has been inspected. The initial backfill material, placed to a
height of 1’ above the top of the pipe, shall consist of approved backfill
material free from organic matter and deleterious substances, containing no
rocks or lumps over 2" in any dimension. It shall be carefully placed and
compacted throughout entire area backfilled.
2.
Backfill the trench above the pipe zone with approved backfill material in lifts
not exceeding 6" loose depth and compact each lift to a minimum of 95
percent of maximum density, as determined by ASTM D 1557, with
mechanical vibrating or impact tampers.
3.
Where pipe trenches are cut across or along pavement, the trenches shall
be backfilled in accordance with applicable permits.
4.
Backfilling around structures shall be done in the manner specified above
for pipe trenches by power tamping for the full depth of cut to the top of the
finished grade.
5.
All backfilling shall be done in such a manner as will not disturb or damage
the pipe or structure over or against which it is being placed. Any pipe or
12-3
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
structure damaged or moved from its proper line or grade during backfilling
operations shall be uncovered, repaired, and then re-backfilled as herein
specified.
6.
F.
All excavations suspected of not meeting compaction requirements shall be
tested for conformance by a Charleston Water System approved testing lab.
Tests shall be performed at the locations and depths directed by Charleston
Water System.
PIPE INSTALLATION
1.
2.
General:
a.
Inspect pipe for damage. Remove damaged and unacceptable pipe.
Keep interior and joint surfaces clean and free of foreign materials.
Install a mechanical joint or push-on type ductile iron plug whenever
work stops for a period of a day or greater.
b.
Replace pipe where any part of coating or lining is damaged.
c.
Lower pipe and accessories into trench by means of derrick, ropes,
belt slings, or other equipment approved by the manufacturer.
d.
Do not dump or drop any of the materials into the trench.
e.
Except where necessary in making connections to other lines, lay
pipe with the bells facing in the direction of laying.
f.
Rest the full length of each section of pipe solidly on the pipe bed,
with recesses excavated to accommodate bells, couplings, and
joints.
g.
Bell pipe using manufacture’s approved leverage bar. Do not use
machinery to bell pipe. Home line is to be clearly visible when pipe
is joined.
h.
Do not lay pipe in water or when trench conditions are unsuitable for
the work. Keep water out of the trench until jointing is completed.
i.
Re-lay pipe that has the grade or joint disturbed after laying.
Alignment and Grade:
a.
Gravity sewer pipe installation must comply with ANSI/ASTM D2321
as the minimum acceptable standard as well as any additional
requirements as stated herein.
12-4
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
G.
b.
Before sewer pipe is placed in position in the trench the bottom and
sides to the trench shall be carefully prepared as per manufacturer’s
specifications. Each pipe shall be accurately placed to the exact line
and grade called for on the approved drawings. Laser equipment
shall be used in setting pipe.
c.
PVC and Ductile Iron Pipe shall be laid in a full bed of No. 57 stone.
Pipe laying shall proceed upgrade, starting at the lower end of the
grade and with the bells upgrade. Pipe shall be straight when placed
in the trench. Trench bottoms found to be at incorrect grade after
pipe laying operations having begun shall be corrected and brought
to exact line and grade.
d.
After each line of pipe has been laid, it shall be carefully inspected
and all earth, trash, rags, and other foreign matter removed from the
interior.
e.
Each joint shall be laid so that it will form a close concentric joint with
adjoining pipe and so as to avoid sudden deflections.
f.
All jointing of pipe and fittings shall be in accordance with the pipe
manufacturer’s recommendations.
g.
Any leaks or defects discovered after completion of the work shall be
repaired immediately. All pipes in place shall be carefully protected
from damage until the backfilling operations have been completed.
h.
Water shall not be allowed to run through the pipe or stand in the
trench.
CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING MAINS
1.
Connection of gravity sewer main to an existing system shall be made at an
existing manhole or by constructing a cut-in Manhole.
a.
Existing manhole:
1.
Connection to an existing manhole shall be made in the
presence of the Charleston Water System inspector.
2.
New holes in manholes shall be core drilled.
3.
When connecting to an existing manhole, temporarily block
and/or divert sewage flows. Use high early strength cement to
form proper channels with minimum interruption of service.
12-5
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
4.
b.
H.
Seal around new pipe as specified. See Construction Details
Cut-in manhole:
1.
Temporarily block and/or divert sewage flows. Cut out length
of existing pipe to accept new pipe in manhole.
2.
If benches are pre-formed, insert short section of PVC pipe in
the existing holes and seal. Lower bottom section of manhole
into hole and sleeve to existing piping. See Construction
Details
3.
If benches are not pre-formed, cut the PVC pipe to form the
channel and insert the required length of pipe through the
holes in the bottom section of the manhole, set to match
existing slope, and seal. Lower the assembly into the hole,
sleeve to existing piping, and unblock sewage flows. Using
high early strength cement, form benches as in typical
manholes. See Construction Details
MANHOLES
1.
Use proper bedding as specified. See Construction Details
2.
Set base level so that walls will be plumb.
3.
Clean inverts, spigots and pipe ends.
4.
Apply joint sealer and set firmly in place to assure watertight joints. See
Construction Details
5.
Connect pipe boot to piping with dual stainless steel straps.
6.
Grout lift holes from the outside using non-shrink grout.
7.
Install exterior joint collar. See Construction Details
8.
Form the invert channels directly in the concrete of the manhole base with
mortar and concrete brick. Smooth the floor of the manhole outside the
channels and slope toward the channels at not less than 1" per foot, nor
more than 2" per foot.
a.
Shape the invert channels to be smooth and semi-circular,
conforming to the inside of the adjacent sewer section. Channel top
shall be to crown of pipe.
12-6
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
9.
10.
I.
b.
Make changes in direction of flow with a smooth curve of as large a
radius as the size of the manhole will permit.
c.
Make changes in size and grade of channels smoothly and evenly.
d.
Slope invert uniformly from invert of inlet to invert of outlet.
Match manhole top to finish grade utilizing concrete adjustment rings.
a.
Manhole tops shall be watertight and at finished grade elevation. If
located in pavement, elevation shall be set to match finished grade.
b.
Leveling and final grading of manhole frames and covers shall be
accomplished by using concrete brick or concrete grade rings. When
using grade rings, a maximum of two (2) 4" grade rings or one (1) 6"
grade ring shall be used. The total number of grade rings shall not
exceed 8" in thickness. Grade rings shall be laid in a full bed of nonshrink grout and covered after laying with a smooth coating of nonshrink grout or hydraulic cement a minimum of 2” thick.
c.
After the manhole has been set in its final position, the cast iron
frame for the cover shall be carefully set at finished grade and
properly bonded using a full bed of non-shrink grout. Where
manholes are constructed in paved areas, sidewalks, etc., the top
surface of the frame and cover shall be tilted so as to conform to the
exact slope, crown, and grade of the existing pavement.
Coatings:
a.
Coat force main receiving manhole and the next manhole
downstream.
b.
Coat Pump Station receiving manhole.
c.
Coating shall be Raven 405 Epoxy System and shall be applied
and tested by a Raven Certified Applicator.
SERVICES
1.
Services with cleanouts shall be installed to all lots so as to properly serve
each existing house and each vacant lot facing or abutting on the street or
alley in which the gravity sewer main is being laid, and at such other
locations as may be designated by Charleston Water System.
2.
Locate services at property corner. The letter “X”, minimum 3” in height,
shall be stamped into concrete curb to identify location of service.
12-7
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
J.
3.
In landscaped areas, cleanout caps shall be SMARTPlug as manufactured
by GPK Products, Inc. Cleanouts shall terminate 3” to 6” below finish grade.
4.
In paved areas, a PVC cleanout plug shall be installed 3” below finish grade
and covered by a Neenah R-1976 frame and lid. See Construction Details
5.
Do not stack service lines vertically over the gravity sewer main.
6.
Elder Valve Assembly
a.
Install upstream of the cleanout at all residential and individual
commercial services where Charleston Water System will not own
and operate the water distribution system. See Construction Details
b.
Provide tee handles and plunger assemblies, for the exact number
of services as shown on the final approved Record Drawings, to the
CWS inspector prior to Project Commissioning.
TESTING
1.
Mandrel
After backfilling trenches, Contractor shall test PVC sewer pipe for initial
diametric deflections by the use of a 5% mandrel which is acceptable to
Charleston Water System. Mandrel shall be proof tested in the presence of
the Engineer or his representative. The initial diametric deflection shall not
exceed 5%. The mandrel pull shall be as described in the Ten State
Standards. The Contractor shall not use any mechanical device in the
mandrel pull.
2.
Air Testing
The Contractor shall conduct low-pressure air tests on all completed
sections of gravity sewer. The air test results will be used to evaluate
materials and construction methods on the sewer line sections.
The Contractor shall furnish an air compressor which will provide at least
300 cubic feet of air per minute at 100 psi, pressure gauges, air hoses, air
hose connections and other equipment necessary to conduct the air test.
Plugs in sewers 18" in size and larger shall be connected by cable for thrust
reaction. The following provisions will be adhered to when conducting lowpressure air tests:
12-8
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
a.
Equipment:
1.
Plug Design
Either mechanical or pneumatic plugs may be used. All plugs
shall be designed to resist internal testing pressures without
the aid of external bracing or blocking. However, the
Contractor should internally restrain or externally brace the
plugs to the manhole wall as an added safety precaution
throughout the test.
2.
Singular Control
To facilitate test verification, all air used shall pass through a
single, above ground control panel.
3.
Air Control
The above ground air control equipment shall include a shutoff valve, pressure regulating valve, input pressure gauge,
and a continuous monitoring, calibrated pressure gauge
having a pressure range from 0 to at least 10 psi. Gauge shall
display a NIST traceable calibration sticker with calibration
date. The continuous monitoring gauge shall be no less than
4" in diameter with minimum divisions of 0.10 psi and an
accuracy of plus or minus0.04 psi.
Acceptable Air Test Control Units:
4.
a.
SEALCO Model 5012-100 Portable Low Pressure Air
Test Control Unit
b.
Cherne Air-Loc Low Pressure Air-Testing System
c.
Approved equal.
Separate Hoses
Two separate hoses shall be used to: (1) connect the control
panel to the sealed line for introducing low-pressure air, and
(2) a separate hose connection for constant monitoring of air
pressure build-up in the line.
12-9
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
5.
Pneumatic Plugs
If pneumatic plugs are utilized, a separate hose shall also be
required to inflate the pneumatic plugs from the above ground
control panel.
b.
Test Procedure:
1.
Plug Installation and Testing
After a manhole-to-manhole reach of pipe has been backfilled
to final grade, prepared for testing, and the specified waiting
period has elapsed, the plugs shall be placed in the line at
each manhole and secured.
2.
Line Pressurization
Low pressure air shall be slowly introduced into the sealed
line until the internal air pressure reaches 4.0 psi greater than
the average back pressure of any groundwater above the
pipe, but not greater than 9.0 psi. Immediately before testing,
if groundwater is present, the groundwater elevation must be
determined by appropriate means.
3.
Pressure Stabilization
4.
After achieving the required internal pressure, the air supply
shall be throttled to maintain the pressure for at least 2
minutes. This time permits the temperature of the entering air
to equalize with the temperature of the pipe walls.
Timing Pressure Loss
When temperatures have been equalized and the pressure
stabilized, the air hose from the control panel to the air supply
shall be shut off or disconnected. The continuous monitoring
pressure gauge shall then be observed while the pressure is
decreased to no less than 5.0 psi. At a reading of 4.0 psi, or
any convenient observed pressure reading between 4.0 psi
and 4.5 psi, timing shall commence with a stopwatch or other
timing device that is at least 99.8% accurate.
A predetermined required time for a specified pressure drop
shall be used to determine the lines acceptability.
Traditionally, a pressure drop of 1.0 psi has been specified.
However, other pressure drop values may be specified,
provided the required holding times are adjusted accordingly.
12-10
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
If the specified pressure drop is 0.5 psi rather than the more
traditional 1.0 psi, then the required test times for a 1.0 psi
pressure must be halved. Specifying a 0.5 psi pressure drop
is desirable in that it can reduce the time needed to
accomplish the air test without sacrificing test integrity.
Therefore, the following subsections contain provisions for
both the traditional 1.0 psi pressure drop and the more
efficient 0.5 psi pressure drop. All requirements for a specified
0.5 psi drop are given in parentheses.
5.
Determination of Line Failure
If the time shown in Table I (or Table II), for the designated
pipe size and length, elapses before the air pressure drops
1.0 psi (or 0.5 psi); the section undergoing test shall have
passed and shall be presumed to be free of defects. The test
may be discontinued once the prescribed time has elapsed
even though the 1.0 psi (or 0.5 psi) drop has not occurred.
6.
Determination of Line Failure
If the pressure drops 1.0 psi (or 0.5 psi) before the appropriate
time shown in Table I (or Table II) has elapsed, the air loss
rate shall be considered excessive and the section of pipe has
failed the test.
7.
Line Repair or Replacement
If the section fails to meet these requirements, the Contractor
shall determine at his own expense the source, or sources of
leakage, and he shall repair or replace all defective materials
and/or workmanship to the satisfaction of the Charleston
Water System. The extent and type of repair, which may be
allowed, shall be subject to the approval of Charleston Water
System. The completed pipe installation shall then be
retested and required to meet the requirements of the test.
8.
Pressure Test Table
The following table is provided to assist in determining
required test pressure where groundwater is present. Table
is based on average groundwater depth above the pipe invert
for the section of pipe to be tested. It is the responsibility of
the Engineer to calculate proposed test pressure and submit
to the Charleston Water System inspector for approval. In the
absence of groundwater, minimum test pressure shall be 4.0
12-11
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
psi. Under no circumstances shall maximum test pressure
exceed 9.0 psi.
Groundwater Above
Pipe Invert (ft)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
9.
Pressure (psi)
4.5
5.0
5.5
6.0
6.5
7.0
7.0
7.5
8.0
8.5
9.0
Specified Time Tables
To facilitate the proper use of this recommended practice for
air testing, the following tables are provided. Table I contains
the specified minimum times required for a 1.0 psi pressure
drop from a starting pressure of at least 4.0 psi greater than
the average back pressure of any groundwater above the
pipe’s invert. Table II contains specified minimum times
required for a 0.5 psi pressure drop from a starting pressure
of at least 4.0 psi greater than the average back pressure of
any groundwater above the pipe’s invert. Both Tables also
include easy to use formulas for calculating required test times
for various pipe sizes and odd lengths.
12-12
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Table I
Specification time required for a 1.0 psig pressure drop for size and length of pipe
indicated for Q=0.0015
1
Pipe
Diameter
(in)
2
Minimum
Time
(min:sec)
3
Length for
Minimum
Time (ft)
4
Time for
Longer
Length (sec)
4
4:00
597
0.380L
4:00
6
5:40
398
0.854L
8
7:34
298
10
9:26
12
Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (min:sec)
100 ft
200 ft
250 ft
300 ft
350 ft
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
5:40
5:40
5:40
5:40
5:40
5:40
5:42
6:24
1.520L
7:34
7:34
7:34
7:34
7:36
8:52
10:08
11:24
239
2.374L
9:26
9:26
9:26
9:53
11:52
13:51
15:49
17:48
11:20
199
3.418L
11:20
11:20
11:24
14:15
17:05
19:56
22:47
25:38
15
14:10
159
5.342L
14:10
14:10
17:48
22:15
26:42
31:09
35:36
40:04
18
17:00
133
7.692L
17:00
19:13
25:38
32:03
38:27
44:52
51:16
57:41
21
19:50
114
10.470L
19:50
26:10
34:54
43:37
52:21
61:00
59:48
78:31
24
22:40
99
13.674L
22:47
34:11
45:34
56:58
68:32
79:46
91:10
102:33
27
25:30
88
17.306L
28:51
43:16
57:41
72:07
86:32
100:57
115:22
129:48
30
28:20
80
21.366L
35:37
53:25
71:13
89:02
106:50
124:38
142:26
160:15
33
31:10
72
25.852L
43:05
64:38
86:10
107:43
129:16
150:43
172:21
193:53
36
34:00
66
30.768L
51:17
76:55
102:34
128:12
153:50
179:29
205:07
230:46
12-13
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
150 ft
400 ft
450ft
Table II
Specification time required for a 0.5 psig pressure drop for size and length of pipe
indicated for Q=0.0015
1
Pipe
Diameter
(in)
2
Minimum
Time
(min:sec)
3
Length for
Minimum
Time (ft)
4
Time for
Longer Length
(sec)
4
4:00
597
0.190L
6
4:00
398
8
4:00
10
Specification Time for Length (L) Shown (min:sec)
150 ft
200 ft
250 ft
300 ft
350 ft
400 ft
450 ft
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
0.427L
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
298
0.760L
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:00
4:26
5:04
5:42
4:43
239
1.187L
4:43
4:43
4:43
4:57
5:56
6:55
7:54
8:54
12
5:40
199
1.709L
5:40
5:40
5:42
7:08
8:33
9:58
11:24
12:50
15
7:05
159
2.671L
7:05
7:05
8:54
11:08
13:21
15:35
17:48
20:02
18
8:30
133
3.846L
8:30
9:37
12:49
16:01
19:14
22:26
25:38
28:51
21
9:55
114
5.235L
9:55
13:05
17:27
21:49
26:11
30:32
34:54
39:16
24
11:20
99
6.837L
11:24
17:57
22:48
28:30
34:11
39:53
45:35
51:17
27
12:45
88
8.653L
14:25
21:38
28:51
36:04
43:16
50:30
57:43
46:54
30
14:10
80
10.683L
17:48
26:43
35:37
44:31
53:25
62:19
71:13
80:07
33
15:35
72
12.926L
21:33
32:19
43:56
53:52
64:38
75:24
86:10
96:57
36
17:00
66
15.384L
25:39
38:28
51:17
64:06
76:55
89:44
102:34
115:23
3.
100 ft
Manhole Vacuum Test
When directed by Charleston Water System, manholes shall be tested via
vacuum testing per ASTM C1244 except that the minimum test times shall
be as defined in the Manhole Vacuum Test Table (test times modified from
those in ASTM C-1244). Vacuum testing shall not be performed until the
manhole is completely finished, including applying any protective coating
where specified. Manholes shall be thoroughly cleaned of all silt, debris and
foreign matter of any kind prior to the vacuum testing and then again prior
to final inspection as required.
Vacuum tests shall be performed by placing the testing unit at the top of the
manhole in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. A
vacuum of 10 inches of mercury shall be drawn on the manhole, the valve
on the vacuum line of the test unit closed, and the vacuum pump shut off.
The time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to 9 inches of mercury.
The manhole shall pass if the time for the vacuum reading to drop from 10
inches of mercury to 9 inches of mercury meets or exceeds the test times
indicated in Table 1 below. The test times in Table 1 are modified from
those in ASTM C-1244. Table 1 shall be included on the Contractor’s test
reports. Refer to ASTM C-1244 for further requirements.
12-14
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Any leaks found during the vacuum testing shall be repaired by the
Contractor in a manner approved by Charleston Water System. The
manhole shall be vacuum tested again after such repairs are made until the
manhole passes the vacuum test at no additional cost to the Owner.
Table 1
Manhole Vacuum Test Table
Manhole
Depth
(feet)
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
MINIMUM VACUUM TEST TIMES FOR VARIOUS MANHOLE DIAMETERS
Manhole Diameter (inches)
36
42
48
54
60
66
72
84
Test Time (seconds)
60
60
60
60
60
60
66
72
60
60
60
60
66
72
82
98
60
60
60
70
78
86
98
118
60
60
70
82
92
102
114
136
60
68
80
92
104
116
134
160
64
76
90
104
118
130
146
178
70
84
100
116
130
144
162
194
78
92
110
128
144
158
178
212
84
102
118
140
156
174
194
232
92
110
128
150
170
188
210
250
98
118
138
162
182
202
226
270
106
126
148
174
196
216
242
288
96
78
114
138
158
188
208
226
246
270
290
314
334
There shall be no groundwater infiltration or other leakage (active or
evidence of being previously active) through the manhole walls, benches,
inverts or pipe connections at the manholes. If leakage is found, it shall be
eliminated with an appropriate grout or non-shrink cement mortar approved
by Charleston Water System. Injection grouting (Avanti AV-202 Multigrout
or approved equal) may be required to stop leaks around the pipe
connections or in the invert channel or benches. Charleston Water
System’s decision on how defective manholes are repaired shall be final. If
any defective manholes are discovered after they have been installed or
during the warranty period, they shall be repaired or replaced in a
satisfactory manner at no additional cost to Charleston Water System.
Repaired manholes, including those repaired during the warranty period,
shall be vacuum tested again at no additional cost to Charleston Water
System.
4.
Manhole Coating Test
Coating shall be tested for pinholes using approved spark test method.
Applicator shall be responsible for correcting any defects found during
testing.
12-15
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
K.
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION (CCTV) INSPECTION
1.
Intent
It is the intent of this specification to provide inspection criteria for all
sanitary sewer pipelines installed as part of any new development project.
This specification requires that the pipelines be inspected utilizing the
Pipeline Assessment Certification Program (PACP) inspection standards
and closed-circuit television techniques. This process has been developed
to identify and locate any sewer line defects, determine corrective action
and perform/document post-correction inspection. It is the responsibility of
the Developer’s Engineer to ensure that these CCTV inspection procedures
are performed. All costs associated with CCTV inspection are the
responsibility of the Developer/Contractor.
2.
3.
Scope of work:
a.
The CCTV Contractor shall video inspect all mainline sections from
manhole to manhole, and all service laterals from the right-of-way
boundary to the mainline connection or manhole connection. Video
inspection shall be performed immediately following construction and
prior to the low-air pressure and deflection testing. It is in the best
interest of the Developer/Utility Contractor to complete this task in a
timely manner.
b.
Prior to performing CCTV inspection activities, all sewer lines and
service laterals designated to be televised shall be thoroughly cleaned.
After cleaning, all equipment will be removed from the sewer line(s).
Just prior to performing the video inspection procedure, water must be
introduced into the nearest upstream manhole, and all cleanouts for
laterals, until observed at the nearest downstream manhole.
CCTV and associated equipment:
a.
Television inspection equipment shall have an accurate footage
counter that will display on the monitor and record the camera
distance from the centerline of the starting manhole. Distance
measurements within the sewer line are to be accurate within 0.5%
of the above ground measurement. Line segment inspections shall
be made manhole to manhole. Prior to the beginning of each CCTV
inspection, manhole identification numbers, as indicated on project
drawing or as supplied by the Developer’s Engineer, will be displayed
in the title and shall become a part of the video record. These
manhole identification numbers shall correspond to the numbers
shown on the project plans.
12-16
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
4.
b.
The camera shall be of the remotely operated pan and tilt type. The
rotating camera and light head configuration shall have the capability
of 360 degree rotating view angle and a minimum 270 degree pan
angle with the capability to pan and tilt simultaneously while the
transporter moves to view defects and voids around the entire
diameter of the pipe wall, ensuring complete inspection of the
mainline pipe, service laterals and any deficiencies.
c.
The camera, television monitor, and other components shall be
color. Geometrical distortion of the image shall not exceed one
percent. To ensure peak picture quality throughout all conditions
encountered, the color camera shall be equipped with the necessary
circuitry to allow for the remote adjustment of the optical focus iris
from the power control unit at the viewing station. A variable intensity
control of the camera lights shall also be located at the viewing
station.
d.
All fog shall be evacuated from the pipeline and the pipeline kept
clear of any fog during the CCTV inspection process.
e.
Lighting and camera quality shall be suitable to allow a clear, in-focus
picture for the entire inside periphery of pipelines extending at least
ten (10) feet in front of the camera. In High Density Polyethylene
(HDPE) or ductile iron poly-lined pipe, lighting should be sufficient
enough to provide a clear view at least two (2) feet in front of the
camera. The replay of the recorded video information shall be free
of electrical interference and shall provide a clear stable image.
Execution:
a.
It is the responsibility of the Developer’s Engineer to provide the
CCTV Contractor with a set of Charleston Water System stamped
“APPROVED FOR INSTALLATION” Construction Plans prior to
CCTV inspection activities. Line segment inspections shall be made
manhole to manhole.
b.
Internal inspection of pipelines shall be performed by PACP certified
personnel, trained in the identification of pipe deficiencies and
condition assessment utilizing closed-circuit television inspection
equipment. A full 360 degree view of the pipe is required during
inspection. The pipe must be clear and free of any dirt and/or debris.
The CCTV Inspection Technician shall have full control of the
movement of the television camera unit at all times. The travel speed
of the camera shall be variable but uniform and shall not exceed 20
feet per minute (fpm). Any means of propelling the camera through
the sewer line which would produce non-uniform or jerky movement
12-17
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
of the camera, will not be acceptable. The television system shall be
capable of performing line segment inspection in increments of 400
feet with one setup.
c.
Service laterals shall be inspected utilizing a CCTV inspection push
system, capable of inspecting up to one hundred (100) feet of pipe.
All sanitary service lateral segments must be CCTV inspected from
the top of the riser located at the property line, to the sewer mainline,
noting type of cleanout installed, on the same disk for a continuous
run. Continuous footage readings for identifying the location of
defects must be accurate to within 3 percent tolerance. Deficiency
identifications are to be called out and recorded to the nearest full
foot. Any inaccuracy in the continuous footage meter, identified
deficiencies, or lateral location descriptions which cause doubt as to
the accuracy of the locations or total length shall render the line
segment recording as unacceptable.
d.
As directed by Charleston Water System, the Developer’s Engineer
or his representative, the camera shall be stopped to view and
analyze conditions that appear unusual or uncommon. The CCTV
Inspection Technician shall, at all times, be able to move the camera
through the lines in either direction without the loss of quality in the
video presentation.
e.
The interior of the pipe shall be carefully inspected to determine the
location and extent of all deficiencies. Pipe conditions that result in
a question of proper installation procedures shall be noted so that
these conditions can be reviewed and, if necessary, corrected before
actual acceptance of the sewer system.
f.
CCTV inspections will take place immediately after construction and
prior to, or concurrent with, the low pressure air and mandrel testing.
This will allow the correction of deficiencies found during the CCTV
inspection process.
g.
Access for CCTV inspection purposes shall be made via existing line
segment manholes and lateral cleanouts. Should access to a
particular sewer segment be difficult, and where adjacent segments
require television inspection, the CCTV Contractor may be allowed
to complete the inspection of multiple sewer line segments with one
setup. When multiple sewer line segments are inspected utilizing
one setup, the CCTV Contractor shall zero the footage counter at
each subsequent sewer manhole to establish a uniform starting
point, Station 0+00, for each line segment televised.
12-18
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
h.
At all defects and service connections, the camera shall be stopped
and the pan and tilt features shall be used to obtain a clear picture.
At each service lateral, the camera shall be panned to view up each
lateral or point of connection. Make note of any deficiencies through
the use of Data Collection Software.
i.
CCTV Contractor shall record inspections in a PACP format and the
video shall be recorded in a high quality CD/DVD format. The title
block shall include the following information:
1.
Date and time of day.
2.
PACP certified television operator’s identification (Name, ID
number, etc.).
3.
Sewer segment number.
Segment numbers shall be
designated by the ENGINEER.
4.
Upstream manhole number.
5.
Downstream manhole number.
6.
Size of sewer pipe.
7.
Pipe material.
8.
Closest cross street or address where the line segment is
located.
9.
Direction of movement of camera and direction of normal flow.
10.
Location of service connections indicated by clock position
and with counter distance in feet from beginning manhole’s
centerline.
11.
Location (start and end counter distances in feet from the
beginning manhole’s centerline) and description of
obstructions, structural defects, longitudinal and/or
circumferential cracking, joints including open and/or offset
joints, ovality, leakage or evidence thereof, break in
connections, protruding connections, mineral deposits, roots,
previous repairs, deposits on pipe walls, sags, and other
abnormalities with respect to the sewer’s condition with
counter distance in feet from the beginning manhole’s
centerline.
12-19
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
12.
CCTV Contractor’s log shall contain the same information.
j.
CD/DVD shall visually display, at a minimum, the CCTV Contractor’s
name, Project name, Charleston Water System Job Number and
Extension, date of inspection, pipe segment number, manhole
numbers or lateral lot numbers. The distance between manholes
shall be verified by measuring tape. If the counter distance and the
taping distance differ by more than 3 feet per 100 feet, the run shall
be re-televised by CCTV Contractor.
k.
CD/DVD shall be maintained and delivered in a hard case, which
shall display the project name, Charleston Water System Job
Number, date of inspection, manhole segment number(s) inspected,
and camera operator’s identification. No segment shall be split
between two disks. A disk may have multiple segments, so long as
an entire section is on one disk. Original disks of all sections will be
provided to the Charleston Water System Construction Inspector
along with the respective television inspection field logs to be
reviewed for completeness and soundness of construction prior to
the Commissioning. Upon review and approval, copies will be
provided to the Utility Contractor and Developer’s Engineer.
Originals will remain the property of Charleston Water System.
l.
If during video operations the television camera will not pass safely
through the entire sewer line segment being inspected, CCTV
Contractor shall set up equipment in the reverse, so that the
inspection can be performed from the opposite manhole; from
downstream to upstream. Where an obstruction is encountered and
a reverse set up is required, the distance shall be entered into the
log and noted on the video format from which manhole the
measurements are being made. If under the reverse setup the
camera again fails to pass through the entire sewer line segment, the
inspection shall be stopped. All obstructions in the sewer segment
that prohibit passage of the television camera shall be immediately
reported to the Engineer by the CCTV Contractor, referencing
location and nature of the obstruction. No correction work shall
proceed until Utility Contractor receives direction from the
Developer’s Engineer or Charleston Water System Construction
Inspector regarding removal or repair of deficiency.
m.
Should CCTV Contractor’s televising equipment become lodged in
any sewer line, it shall be removed by CCTV Contractor at his
expense. This shall include, if necessary, excavation and repair of
the sewer main and/or lateral, underground utility repairs, backfilling
and surface restoration. Upon removal of CCTV equipment and
repair, CCTV Contractor shall re-televise the line segment to
12-20
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Developer’s Engineer or his representative that the line segment has
been placed back into operational condition with no further
deficiencies.
5.
Acceptance:
a.
CCTV Contractor shall present inspection video and inspection logs
on CD/DVD disk(s). A continuous image in complete conformance
with these specifications and with a full view of the internal pipe
surface is required. CCTV Contractor shall re-clean and televise any
segment for which the video does not present a clear image of 100%
of the internal pipe surface at all times, and/or is accompanied by an
incomplete inspection log.
b.
Any of the following observations shall be considered defects:
c.
1.
Any bellies in a joint of pipe will be cause for rejection of the
pipe segment.
2.
Joint separations
3.
Offset joints
4.
Chips in pipe ends
5.
Cracked or damaged pipe or evidence of the presence of an
external object bearing upon the pipe (rocks, roots, etc.)
6.
Infiltration
7.
Roots
8.
Debris or other foreign objects inside of pipe.
9.
Other obvious deficiencies when compared to Approved
Plans, Permits, and/or Minimum Standards.
The Utility Contractor shall be notified in writing of any deficiencies
revealed by the CCTV inspection that will require repair. After repairs
have been made, the line segment(s) shall be re-inspected at the
Developer’s/Contractor’s expense. The CCTV inspection video shall
be submitted to Charleston Water System for review upon
completion of discrepancies.
Correction of any and all deficiencies must be corrected prior to
acceptance of the project by Charleston Water System.
12-21
EC-MGT-13 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 13
WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEM FORCE MAIN
DESIGN STANDARDS
The following information covers wastewater collection system force main design
standards and is applicable to all developments requiring wastewater service from
Charleston Water System. No deviation from these standards will be allowed
without the expressed written consent of Charleston Water System.
A.
B.
GENERAL
1.
The following force main design standards are based on Federal, State and
local health requirements and the requirements of Charleston Water
System.
2.
These design standards are applicable to all developments requiring
wastewater service from Charleston Water System.
3.
Where it is necessary for wastewater force mains to cross surface water or
wetlands, the engineer shall submit a proposed method of construction to
Charleston Water System’s Engineering Department for review and
approval prior to submitting plans for permitting.
4.
As a general rule, Charleston Water System does not allow aerial force
main crossings. Examples of aerial crossings include, but are not limited
to, force mains constructed on piers or pilings, and force mains attached to
structures such as roadways, bridges or piers.
5.
The preferred method of installation for force mains crossing surface water
or wetlands is by Horizontal Directional Drill or Jack and Bore. In either
case, the engineer shall submit plans to Charleston Water System’s
Engineering Department for review and approval prior to submitting plans
for permitting.
DESIGN CRITERIA
1.
Design force mains in accordance with the requirements of the South
Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control Standards for
Wastewater Facility Construction: R.61-67, and the requirements of these
Standards.
2.
Size force mains to provide minimum velocity of two (2) feet per second at
design flow.
13-1
EC-MGT-14 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
Use Hazen and Williams design coefficient: PVC: C=150, DIP: C=140,
HDPE: C=155.
4.
Minimum force mains diameter shall be 4”.
NOTE: Under conditions that arise from time to time, Charleston Water
System will review submittals for grinder pump stations. When grinder
pumps are approved by Charleston Water System, minimum force main
diameter shall be 2”.
C.
D.
CAPACITY DESIGN
1.
Size mains based on peak hourly flow projections two and one half (2.5)
times the average daily flow projection.
2.
Average daily flow projections for all domestic wastewater facilities shall be
based on the type of facility to be served.
3.
All flows shall comply with the unit contributory loading criteria, Appendix A
of the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control
Standards for Wastewater Facility Construction: R.61-67.
SEPARATION OF WATER MAINS AND FORCE MAINS
1.
Where possible, locate force mains at least 10’ feet horizontally away from
water mains.
2.
Should 10’ feet separation not be practical, then the force main may be
located closer provided:
3.
E.
a.
It is laid in a separate trench.
b.
It is laid in the same trench with the water main located at one side
on a bench of undisturbed earth.
c.
In either of the above cases, crown elevation of the force main shall
be at least 18" below bottom of water main.
Where force mains and water mains cross, the force main shall go under
the water main and be at least 18" below the bottom of water main.
COVER
1.
Provide suitable cover over all mains. Minimum cover depth as follows:
a.
12" diameter and smaller: 36".
13-2
EC-MGT-14 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
F.
G.
b.
14" diameter and larger: 48".
c.
All piping located within a public right-of-way shall be constructed in
accordance with applicable permits and these Standards.
CONNECTION TO AN EXISTING GRAVITY SYSTEM
1.
Connection to an existing gravity system shall be made at an existing
manhole or by constructing a cut-in manhole.
2.
Coat force main receiving manhole and the next manhole downstream.
CONNECTION TO AN EXISTING FORCE MAIN
1.
Connection to an existing force main shall be made by installation of a tee
or wye.
NOTE: Under conditions that arise from time to time, Charleston Water
System will review submittals for direct taps.
2.
H.
Provide check valve and two (2) isolating plug valves. See Construction
Details
VALVES
1.
2.
Air Release Valves:
a.
Design force main to minimize the number of air release valves.
b.
Provide at high points in the force main.
c.
Provide at maximum 3000’ intervals.
d.
Maintain minimum 36” cover at location of air release valve.
e.
Provide valve vault. See Construction Details
Cushioned Swing Check Valves:
a.
Where a new force main connects to an existing force main, provide
cushioned swing check valve. See Construction Details
b.
Provide valve vault. See Construction Details
13-3
EC-MGT-14 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
Plug Valves:
a.
Force mains greater than 5,000’ in length, provide a plug valve at the
halfway point.
b.
Where no other force main isolation valve exists, provide plug valve
within 250’ of an air release valve.
c.
Where a new force main connects to an existing force main, provide
plug valve on each side of cushioned swing check valve. See
Construction Details
d.
Provide valve box and valve box protection ring. See Construction
Details
13-4
EC-MGT-14 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 14
WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEM FORCE MAIN
MATERIALS FOR CONSTRUCTION
The following information covers wastewater collection system force main
materials for construction requirements and is applicable to all developments
requiring wastewater service from Charleston Water System. No deviation from
these requirements will be allowed without the expressed written consent of
Charleston Water System.
A.
B.
GENERAL
1.
This section includes pipe and fitting material specifications, and joint
material and encasement requirements.
2.
All materials used in the construction of force mains shall be new and
unused when delivered on-site and shall be suitable for installation and
operation under the conditions for which they are to be used.
PIPE AND FITTINGS
1.
2.
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe and Fittings:
a.
2” diameter: Pressure rated SDR21, ASTM D-2241.
b.
4" diameter and above: ANSI/AWWA C900/AWWA C905, Table 2,
Pressure Class 150, and ASTM D-2241.
c.
Use integral bell or coupling type with elastomeric gaskets.
d.
Factory-installed gaskets integral with the pipe.
e.
Use ductile iron fittings with pressure rating of 150 psi: ANSI/AWWA
C110/A21.10, lined with Protecto 401, 40 mils nominal thickness.
f.
Provide adaptor glands, gaskets, etc. as required to accommodate
any differences in pipe and fitting dimensions.
Fusible Polyvinyl Chloride (FPVC) Pressure Pipe:
a.
Fusible Polyvinyl Chloride pipe shall conform to AWWA C900 or
AWWA C905, and/or ASTM D2241 or ASTM D1785 for IPS standard
dimensionality, if applicable. Testing shall be in accordance with
AWWA standards for all pipe types.
b.
Fusible Polyvinyl Chloride pipe shall be extruded with plain ends.
14-1
EC-MGT-15 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
The ends shall be square to the pipe and free of any bevel or
chamfer. There shall be no bell or gasket of any kind incorporated
into the pipe.
3.
c.
Fusible Polyvinyl Chloride pipe shall be manufactured in a standard
20’, 30’ or 40’ nominal length.
d.
Fusible Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall be green in color for wastewater
use.
e.
Pipe generally shall be marked per AWWA C900 or AWWA C905,
and shall include as a minimum:
1.
Nominal pipe size
2.
PVC
3.
Dimension Ratio, Standard Dimension Ratio or Schedule
4.
AWWA pressure class or standard pressure rating for nonAWWA pipe
5.
AWWA Standard designation number or pipe type for nonAWWA pipe
6.
Extrusion production-record code
7.
Trademark or trade name
8.
Cell Classification 12454 and/or PVC material code 1120 may
also be included.
f.
Pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and be free of visible cracks,
holes, foreign material, blisters, or other visible deleterious faults.
g.
Use ductile iron fittings with pressure rating of 150 psi: ANSI/AWWA
C110/A21.10, lined with Protecto 401, 40 mils nominal thickness.
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe and Fittings:
a.
Pipe shall be manufactured from a PE 3408 resin listed with the
Plastic Pipe Institute (PPI) as TR-4. The resin material shall meet the
specifications of ASTM D3350-02 with a minimum cell classification
of PE345464C. Pipe O.D. sizes shall be ductile iron pipe sizes
(DIPS). Pipe shall have a manufacturing standard of ASTM D3035
and be manufactured by an ISO 9001 certified manufacturer. The
14-2
EC-MGT-15 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
pipe shall contain no recycled compounds except that generated in
the manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification
from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous
throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, voids,
or other injurious defects.
b.
Fittings:
1.
Butt fusion fittings shall be in accordance with ASTM D3261
and shall be manufactured by injection molding, a
combination of extrusion and machining, or fabricated from
HDPE pipe conforming to this specification. All fittings shall be
pressure rated to provide a working pressure rating no less
than that of the pipe. Fabricated fittings shall be manufactured
using a McElroy Datalogger to record fusion pressure and
temperature. A graphic representation of the temperature and
pressure data for all fusion joints made producing fittings shall
be maintained as part of the quality control. The fitting shall
be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes,
foreign inclusions, voids, or other injurious defects.
2.
Electrofusion fittings shall be PE3408 HDPE, Cell
Classification of 345464C as determined by ASTM D3350-02
and be the same base resin as the pipe. Electrofusion Fittings
shall have a manufacturing standard of ASTM F1055.
3.
Flanged and Mechanical Joint Adapters shall be PE 3408
HDPE, Cell Classification of 345464C as determined by
ASTM D3350-02 and be the same base resin as the pipe.
Flanged and mechanical joint adapters shall have a
manufacturing standard of ASTM D3216. All adapters shall be
pressure rated to provide a working pressure rating no less
than that of the pipe.
4.
Mechanical restraint for HDPE may be provided by
mechanical means separate from the mechanical joint gasket
sealing gland. The restrainer shall provide wide, supportive
contact around the full circumference of the pipe and be equal
to the listed widths. Means of restraint shall be machined
serrations on the inside surface of the restrainer equal to or
greater than the listed serrations per inch and width. Loading
of the restrainer shall be by a ductile iron follower that provides
even circumferential loading over the entire restrainer. Design
shall be such that restraint shall be increased with increases
in line pressure.
14-3
EC-MGT-15 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Serrated restrainer shall be ductile iron ASTM A536-80 with a
ductile iron follower; bolts and nuts shall be corrosive
resistant, high strength alloy steel.
The restrainer shall have a pressure rating of, or equal to that
of the pipe on which it is used or 150 PSI whichever is lesser.
Restrainers shall be JCM Industries, Sur-Grip or approved
equal.
Nominal Size
(Inch)
4-6
8, 10 & 12”
Restraint Width
(Inch)
1½
1¾
Serrations Per Inch
8
8
Pipe stiffeners shall be used in conjunction with restrainers.
The pipe stiffeners shall be designed to support the interior
wall of the HDPE. The stiffeners shall support the pipe’s end
and control the “necking down” reaction to the pressure
applied during normal installation. The pipe stiffeners shall be
formed of 304 or 316 stainless steel to the HDPE
manufacturers published average inside diameter of the
specific size and DR of the HDPE. Stiffeners shall be by JCM
Industries or approved equal.
4.
Ductile Iron Pipe (DIP) and Fittings:
a.
All Ductile Iron Pipe and fittings shall be lined with Protecto 401, 40
mils nominal thickness.
b.
Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSI A21.50/AWWA
C150 and conform to the requirements of A21.51/AWWA C151.
Push-on and restrained joint pipe shall have a minimum rated
working pressure of 150 psi. All buried pipe shall be pressure class
as follows.
Pipe Sizes
(inch)
4-12
14-20
24
30-64
c.
Pressure Class
(psi)
350
250
200
150
Ductile Iron Pipe and fittings shall be furnished with push-on joints,
push-on restrained joints, mechanical joints, and flanged joints as
required. Pipe ends (spigot end, bell, and socket) for all pipes shall
be gauged with suitable gauges at sufficiently frequent intervals to
14-4
EC-MGT-15 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
ensure compliance to the standard dimensions of ANSI/AWWA
C151/A1.5.
5.
d.
Push-on Joints shall conform to ANSI A21.11/AWWA C111.
e.
Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA C111. Bolts shall be high
strength low alloy steel per AWWA C111.
f.
All buried ductile iron force main pipes shall be polyethylene
wrapped. Thickness: 8 mils; Color: green (AWWA C105).
g.
Acceptable products: American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Griffin Pipe
Company, U.S. Pipe Company, and McWane Cast Iron Pipe
Company.
Restrained Joint Fittings:
a.
Provide at each fitting and valve. Restrained joints shall be in
accordance with DIPRA, “Thrust Restraint Designed for Ductile Iron
Pipe”. See Construction Details
b.
Restrained joint pipe will be indicated clearly on plans. The location
and length of restrained joint pipe will be clearly marked on the
drawings at all points where the direction or cross-sectional area of
the pipe changes as well as at all bends, reducers, offsets, tees,
wyes, dead ends, valves and transitions from PVC, FPVC or HDPE
to Ductile Iron Pipe.
c.
Acceptable products:
1.
American Cast Iron Pipe – Fast Grip, Flex-Ring, Field FlexRing or Lock-Ring
2.
US Pipe – TR Flex or Field Lok 350 Gaskets
3.
Griffin Pipe – Snap-Lok Restrained Joint
4.
EBBA – Megalug Restraint Gland
5.
Ford – Series 1500 Restraint Gland
6.
Sigma – One-Lok Series SLD Restraint Gland
7.
McWane – Sure Stop 350 Restraint Gasket
8.
Cape Fear Industries – EZ Restraint Gland for Ductile Iron
14-5
EC-MGT-15 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
C.
METALLIC DETECTION TAPE
1.
D.
Provide 2” wide metallic detection tape on all buried piping.
a.
Provide 5.0 mil overall thickness with no less than a 50 gauge solid
aluminum foil core.
b.
Foil to be visible from both sides.
c.
No inks or printing extended to the edges of the tape.
d.
Encase printing to avoid ink rub-off.
e.
Tensile strength – 28 lbs/inch.
f.
Use heat set Mylar inks.
2.
Locate 12” below ground surface in pipe trench.
3.
Color to be green.
4.
Wording on tape to indicate “CAUTION SEWER LINE BURIED BELOW” at
no greater than 24” on center.
TRACER WIRE
All force main installations shall include the installation of a locator wire. The
locator wire shall be taped to the top of the pipe with polyethylene tape during the
pipe laying operation. For force mains, which are installed by the open-trench
method, the locator wire shall be stranded 12-gauge copper with insulation rated UF
or USE by Underwriter’s Laboratories. For force mains, which are installed by a
trenchless method, horizontal directional drilling or other, the locator wire shall be
stranded 10-gauge stainless steel with insulation rated UF or USE by Underwriter’s
Laboratories. Underground splice connections shall be minimized and shall be rated
for direct burial service. The tracer wire shall be looped into “dummy” cast-iron water
valve boxes with caps labeled “SEWER”, painted green, and at grade level, one
being installed adjacent to the valve vault at the source pump station. Additional
valve boxes shall be installed at intervals of no greater than every1000’ along the
length of the force main, unless the main was installed by a trenchless method. A
final valve box shall be installed at the discharge point of the force main, whether that
is at a manhole or at a “tee” into another force main. The looped termination shall
allow for the connection of an electronic locator transmitter.
E.
AIR RELEASE VALVES
1.
Provide combination air valve.
14-6
EC-MGT-15 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
Maintain minimum 36” cover over force main at location of air valve.
3.
The combination air valve shall be suitable for use at pressures up to 150
PSI.
4.
The valve shall have Type 316 stainless steel body, cover and cover bolts
with a NPT inlet and outlet connection. Valves shall have a Type 316
stainless steel float and a replaceable seat of Buna-N or other suitable
material. Venting orifice and internal linkage mechanism shall be Type 316
stainless steel.
5.
Valve size shall be 1” or 2” size as shown on the plans, both sizes to be
supplied with 2” NPT pipeline connection. The distance from 2” pipeline
connection to the top of the combination air valve shall not exceed 10”.
6.
Valve shall be supplied with flushing attachments consisting of 2” stainless
steel inlet isolating ball valve, 1” stainless steel blow off ball valve and ½”
stainless steel flushing ball valve and stainless steel pipe nipples and a 5’
rubber hose with quick connect couplings.
7.
Valves shall be GA Industries Figure 959SS-ESF. See Construction Details
8.
Provide valve vault:
a.
Air release valves shall be enclosed in a 4' diameter precast manhole
with a flat slab top as a minimum standard. See Construction Details
b.
Provide manhole frame and vented cover. Frame and cover shall be
East Jordan Iron Works model 2029 or U.S. Foundry model 480
frame and RA-SSG cover. Cast into the center of the cover will be
the letters CPW, 2” - 3” in height. Also cast into the cover will be the
words SANITARY SEWER, 1 ½” - 2” in height.
c.
Base shall be formed using solid concrete blocks set on a 12” deep
bed of compacted No. 57 stone. See Construction Details
d.
Coatings:
1.
Coat interior surfaces of air release valve vault.
2.
Coating shall be Raven 405 Epoxy System, 120 mil nominal
thickness, and shall be applied by a Raven Certified
Applicator.
3.
Coating shall be tested for pinholes using approved spark test
method. Applicator shall be responsible for correcting any
14-7
EC-MGT-15 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
defects found during testing.
F.
G.
CUSHIONED SWING CHECK VALVES
1.
Provide cast iron body with bronze seating ring and stainless steel shaft for
attachment of weight and lever with non-corrosive adjustable air cushioned
shock chamber.
2.
Mount the cushioned chamber to the side of the valve body with piston
operating in the chamber, which will prevent valve closing without any
hammering action.
3.
Shock absorption by air: Adjustable closing speed.
4.
Approved manufacturer: G. A. Industries, Inc. Figure 250-D.
5.
Provide valve vault:
a.
Check valves shall be enclosed in a 4' diameter precast manhole
with a flat slab top as a minimum standard. See Construction Details
b.
Provide manhole frame and vented cover. Frame and cover shall be
East Jordan Iron Works model 2029 or U.S. Foundry model 480
frame and RA-SSG cover. Cast into the center of the cover will be
the letters CPW, 2” - 3” in height. Also cast into the cover will be the
words SANITARY SEWER, 1 ½” - 2” in height.
c.
Base shall be formed using solid concrete blocks set on a 12” deep
bed of compacted No. 57 stone. See Construction Details
PLUG VALVES
1.
Provide cast iron body in accordance with ASTM A126.
2.
Flanged end, ANSI 125 lbs. Standard, or mechanical joint.
3.
Use drip tight shutoff plug mounted in stainless steel bearings.
4.
Provide 1/8” thick hand welded in overlay, no less than 90% nickel content
on all surfaces contacting the plug face. Seat to be raised from the valve
body and machined to a smooth finish.
5.
Provide bolted bonnet design. Stem seals shall be provided in accordance
with AWWA C517.
6.
Furnish lever actuator.
14-8
EC-MGT-15 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
7.
Approved manufacturer: DeZurik or Pratt/Milliken.
8.
Provide valve box:
a.
Valve box shall be full cast or ductile iron with iron covers suitable for
heavy traffic use and conform to ASTM A-48, Class 20
Specifications.
b.
Valve boxes shall be screw type and have a 5 1/4" inside shaft
diameter.
c.
Have the word “SEWER” cast into the cover.
d.
Coat box and cover with two (2) shop coats of bitumastic paint.
e.
No part of the valve box is to rest on the buried valve.
f.
Acceptable product: Products of Tyler Union #6850 Series, Bingham
& Taylor #4905 Series of U.S. manufacture only, AFC Box with
external stem and locking lid, and East Jordan Ironworks #8550
Series.
g.
Provide at each valve box in unpaved areas a precast concrete
protection ring. See Construction Details
14-9
EC-MGT-15 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 15
WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEM FORCE MAIN
CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
The following information covers wastewater collection system force main
construction procedures and is applicable to all developments requiring
wastewater service from Charleston Water System. No deviation from these
procedures will be allowed without the expressed written consent of Charleston
Water System
A.
B.
GENERAL
1.
Construction of water and wastewater systems to be turned over to
Charleston Water System must be performed by a Charleston Water
System Approved Contractor. The Approved Contractor lists for both Large
Projects (those greater than $50,000) and Small Projects (those $50,000
and less) are available on our website. Requirements for being considered
an Approved Contractor can be obtained by contacting the Assistant
Director
of
Engineering
and
Construction
by
email
at
[email protected] or by telephone at (843) 727-6876.
2.
Prior to construction activities taking place, the Developer’s Engineer shall
coordinate in advance a Pre-Construction Meeting with the assigned
Charleston Water System Construction Inspector.
The Developer,
Developer’s Engineer, Approved Contractor(s), and Charleston Water
System’s Construction Inspector shall be in attendance at a minimum.
3.
If any requirements for carrying out project construction are not met,
Charleston Water System reserves the right to have the Developer’s
Engineer issue a STOP WORK ORDER.
OPERATION OF CHARLESTON WATER SYSTEM VALVES
1.
Only Charleston Water System personnel shall operate Charleston Water
System valves or hydrants unless otherwise directed or approved by
Charleston Water System.
2.
Approval for non-Charleston Water System personnel to operate
Charleston Water System valves or hydrants shall be determined on a caseby-case basis.
3.
All hydrant and blow-off operations shall be done in a manner so that private
property is not impacted and there shall be no flooding of streets or
roadways or any other traffic problems created.
15-1
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
C.
HANDLING OF MATERIALS
1.
2.
3.
General:
a.
Store rubber gaskets and polyethylene film under cover and out of
direct sunlight. Do not store nuts, bolts, glands, and other
accessories directly on the ground. Keep inside of pipe and fittings
free of dirt and debris.
b.
Keep valves off the ground and keep interior free of dirt and debris.
Do not expose valve interior to direct sunlight.
c.
Handle pipe so as to ensure delivery to the trench in sound,
undamaged condition.
d.
Carry pipe into position.
e.
Use pinch bars, slings or tongs for aligning or turning the pipe.
f.
Use care not to damage Ductile Iron Pipe linings.
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) pipe:
a.
Store in unit packages as received from manufacturer until just prior
to use.
b.
Stack units to prevent deformation to pipe barrels and bells.
c.
Protect from direct sunlight by covering with opaque material.
Fusible Polyvinyl Chloride (FPVC) pipe:
a.
Pipe lengths should be stored and placed on level ground. Pipe
should be stored at the job site in the unit packaging provided by the
manufacturer. Caution should be exercised to avoid compression,
damage, or deformation to the ends of the pipe. The interior of the
pipe, as well as all end surfaces, should be kept free from dirt and
foreign matter.
b.
Pipe shall be handled and supported with the use of woven fiber pipe
slings or approved equal. Care shall be exercised when handling the
pipe to not cut, gouge, scratch or otherwise abrade the piping in any
way.
c.
If pipe is to be stored for periods of one (1) year or longer, the pipe
should be shaded or otherwise shielded from direct sunlight.
15-2
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Covering of the pipe, which allows for temperature build-up, is strictly
prohibited. Pipe should be covered with an opaque material while
permitting adequate air circulation above and around the pipe as
required to prevent excess heat accumulation.
d.
4.
D.
Pipe shall be stored and stacked per the pipe manufacturer’s
guidelines.
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) pipe:
a.
Pipe shall be delivered without, nicks, gouges, or other physical
damage.
b.
Pipe shall be stored on clean, level ground to prevent undue
scratching or gouging. If the pipe must be stacked for storage, such
stacking shall be done in accordance with the pipe manufacturer’s
recommendations. The pipe shall be handled in such a manner that
it is not pulled over sharp objects or cut by chokers or lifting
equipment.
c.
Sections of pipe having been discovered with cuts or gouges in
excess of 10% of the pipe wall thickness shall be cut out and
removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined
using the heat fusion joining method.
d.
Fused segments of the pipe shall be handled so as to avoid damage
to the pipe. Chains or cable type chokers must be avoided when
lifting fused sections of pipe. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader
bars are recommended when lifting long fused sections.
TRENCH EXCAVATION
This section of the Standards is provided to outline most types of laying conditions,
but is not intended to cover all special laying conditions or the Engineer’s special
requirements.
1.
Trench excavation shall be made in open cut and true to the lines and
grades shown on the plans, unless boring is necessary or required. Banks
of the trenches shall be cut in vertical, parallel planes, equidistant from the
pipe centerline. The horizontal distance between such planes, or the overall
width of trench, shall vary with the size of the pipe to be installed. The
overall width of trench shall be as recommended by the manufacturer. See
Construction Details
2.
Bell holes for bell-and-spigot pipe shall be excavated at proper intervals so
that the barrel of the pipe will rest for its entire length upon the bottom of the
15-3
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
trench. Bell holes shall be large enough to permit proper installation of joints
in the pipe.
E.
3.
When muck, quicksand, soft clay, swampy or other material unsuitable for
foundations or sub-grade is encountered, such material shall be removed
and replaced with No. 57 stone.
4.
After excavation, the area between the final pipe grade and the trench soil
bottom shall be filled with No. 57 stone as required, compacted to proper
grade, and made ready for pipe laying.
5.
Debris encountered in trench excavation shall be removed for the overall
width of trench which shall be as shown on the plans. It shall be removed
to a depth of 6" below the bottom of the pipe for pipes smaller than 24" in
size; 8" below the bottom of the pipe for pipes 24" to 36" in size; and 12"
below the bottom of the pipe for pipes larger than 36" in size, if debris
extends to such depth.
6.
In all cases, materials deposited shall be placed so that in the event of rain,
no damage will result to the work.
7.
The sides of all excavations shall be sufficiently sheeted, shored and braced
whenever necessary to prevent slides, cave-ins, settlements or movement
of the banks and to maintain the excavation clear of obstructions. Maintain
the walls of the excavation properly in place and protect all persons and
property from injury or damage. Sheeting, shoring or bracing materials shall
not be left in place unless as shown by the plans or permitted by Charleston
Water System. All sheeting and bracing shall be left in place until the trench
has been backfilled 1’ above the top of the pipe.
TRENCH BACKFILL
1.
The backfilling of pipeline trenches shall be started immediately after the
pipe work has been inspected. The initial backfill material, placed to a
height of 1’ above the top of the pipe, shall consist of approved backfill
material free from organic matter and deleterious substances, containing no
rocks or lumps over 2" in any dimension.
It shall be carefully placed and compacted throughout entire area backfilled.
Backfill the trench above the pipe zone with approved backfill material in lifts
not exceeding 6" loose depth and compact each lift to a minimum of 95
percent of maximum density, as determined by ASTM D 1557, with
mechanical vibrating or impact tampers.
15-4
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
F.
2.
Where pipe trenches are cut across or along pavement, the trenches shall
be backfilled in accordance with applicable permits.
3.
Backfilling around structures shall be done in the manner specified above
for pipe trenches by power tamping for the full depth of cut to the top of the
finished grade.
4.
All backfilling shall be done in such a manner as will not disturb or damage
the pipe or structure over or against which it is being placed. Any pipe or
structure damaged or moved from its proper line or grade during backfilling
operations shall be uncovered, repaired, and then re-backfilled as herein
specified.
5.
All excavations suspected of not meeting compaction requirements shall be
tested for conformance by a Charleston Water System approved testing lab.
Tests shall be performed at the locations and depths directed by Charleston
Water System.
PIPE, VALVE AND APPURTENANCE INSTALLATION
1.
General:
a.
Inspect pipe for damage. Remove damaged and unacceptable pipe.
Keep interior and joint surfaces clean and free of foreign materials.
Securely close open ends of pipe, fittings, and valves when work is
not in progress.
b.
Replace pipe where any part of coating or lining is damaged.
c.
Lower pipe and accessories into trench by means of derrick, ropes,
belt slings, or other equipment approved by the manufacturer.
d.
Do not dump or drop any of the materials into the trench.
e.
Except where necessary in making connections to other lines, lay
pipe with the bells facing in the direction of laying.
f.
Rest the full length of each section of pipe solidly on the pipe bed,
with recesses excavated to accommodate bells, couplings, and
joints.
g.
Bell pipe using manufacturer’s approved leverage bar. Do not use
machinery to bell pipe. Home line is to be clearly visible when pipe
is joined.
15-5
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
h.
Do not lay pipe in water or when trench conditions are unsuitable for
the work. Keep water out of the trench until jointing is completed.
i.
Re-lay pipe that has the joint disturbed after laying.
j.
Valves shall be carefully handled, cleaned and checked for operation
prior to backfilling. Care shall be taken to ensure that no dirt, rock,
or other obstacles that would interfere with the operation are left in
the valve. Valves shall be installed in a position such that the plane
of operation or rotation for the operating nut is parallel to the ground
surface.
Alignment and Grade
a.
b.
3.
Fittings, valves and other appurtenances shall be located where
shown on the approved plans, with the pipe being cut if necessary to
assure accurate placement.
Install the pipe, valves, and
appurtenances to the alignment and profile shown on the approved
drawings.
Pipe lines intended to be straight shall be so laid.
c.
Where vertical or horizontal alignment requires deflection from
straight lines or grade, do not exceed 75% of maximum deflection
recommended by the pipe manufacturer or AWWA Standard 600.
d.
If alignment requires deflection exceeding recommended limits,
furnish bends to provide angular deflections within the allowable
limits.
Jointing Pipe, Valves and Appurtenances:
a.
Mechanical, Push-On, and Restrained Joint
Join pipe with mechanical or push-on type joints in accordance with
the manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide all special tools and
devices, such as special jacks, chokers, and similar items required
for proper installation. Lubricants for the pipe gaskets shall be used
and shall be manufacturer’s standard. All mechanical joints used on
taps and valves shall have restraining glands.
b.
Flanged
Prior to connecting flanged pipe, the faces of the flanges shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all oil, grease, and foreign material. The
rubber gaskets shall be checked for proper fit and thoroughly
cleaned. Care shall be taken to ensure proper seating of the flange
15-6
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
gasket. Bolts shall be tightened so that the pressure on the gasket
is uniform. Torque-limiting wrenches shall be used to ensure uniform
bearing insofar as possible. If joints leak when the hydrostatic test is
applied, the gaskets shall be removed and reset and bolts retightened.
4.
5.
6.
Installation of Restraining Glands:
a.
Adjoining surfaces shall be clean, lubricated and meet the
requirements of ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
b.
Install using assembly recommendations established in
ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 as well as installation instructions
provided by the manufacturer.
c.
If twist-off nuts are provided, tighten screws until nuts breaks loose.
Cutting pipe:
a.
Cut pipe neatly without damage to the pipe.
b.
Unless otherwise recommended by the pipe manufacturer, cut pipe
with milling type cutter, rolling pipe cutter, or abrasive saw cutter. Do
not flame cut. Use wheel cutters when practical. Cuts must be even
and perpendicular with length of pipe. Dress cut ends of pipe in
accordance with manufacturer’s directives for the type of joint to be
made. Cut ends and rough edges should be ground smooth.
c.
DIP and PVC pipe with push-on type connection, the cut end must
be slightly beveled.
Polyethylene Encasement
All valves, ductile iron force mains, fittings, and appurtenances are to be
wrapped in a linear low-density polyethylene film, 8 mil, color green, in
accordance with ANSI Standard A21.5 (AWWA C105). Close all open ends
and damaged areas securely with poly-tape. If damaged polyethylene film
cannot be repaired, replace with new film.
G.
CONNECTION TO AN EXISTING GRAVITY SYSTEM
1.
Connection of new force main to an existing gravity system shall be made
at an existing manhole or by constructing a cut-in manhole.
a.
Existing manhole:
15-7
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
b.
c.
1.
Connection to an existing manhole shall be made in the
presence of the Charleston Water System inspector.
2.
Connection shall be made at existing flow line. See
Construction Details
3.
New holes in manholes shall be core drilled.
4.
When connecting to an existing manhole, temporarily block
and/or divert sewage flows. Use high early strength cement to
form proper channels with minimum interruption of service.
5.
Seal around new pipe. See Construction Details
Cut-in manhole:
1.
Temporarily block and/or divert sewage flows. Cut out length
of existing pipe to accept new pipe in manhole.
2.
If benches are pre-formed, insert short section of PVC pipe in
the existing holes and seal. Lower bottom section of manhole
into hole and sleeve to existing piping. See Construction
Details
3.
If benches are not pre-formed, cut the PVC pipe to form the
channel and insert the required length of pipe through the
holes in the bottom section of the manhole, set to match
existing slope, and seal. Lower the assembly into the hole,
sleeve to existing piping, and unblock sewage flows. Using
high early strength cement, form benches as in typical
manholes. See Construction Details
Coatings:
1.
Coat force main receiving manhole and the next manhole
downstream.
2.
Coating shall be Raven 405 Epoxy System, 120 mil nominal
thickness, and shall be applied by a Raven Certified
Applicator.
3.
Coating shall be tested for pinholes using approved spark test
method. Applicator shall be responsible for correcting any
defects found during testing.
15-8
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
H.
CONNECTION TO AN EXISTING FORCE MAIN
1.
Connection to an existing force main shall be made by installation of a tee
or wye.
NOTE: Under conditions that arise from time to time, Charleston Water
System will review submittals for direct taps. When approved by Charleston
Water System, force mains less than 6” in diameter; use 316 stainless steel
tapping saddles. Force mains 6” in diameter and larger; use 316 stainless
steel tapping sleeves.
2.
I.
Provide cushioned swing check valve with isolating plug valve on each side
of check valve. See Construction Details
INSTALLATION OF AIR RELEASE VALVES
1.
Maintain minimum 36” cover over force main at location of air release valve.
2.
Force mains less than 6” in diameter; install air release valve using 316
stainless steel tapping saddle.
3.
Force mains 6” in diameter and larger; install air release valve using 316
stainless steel tapping sleeve.
4.
Provide 316 stainless steel isolation ball valve. See Construction Details
5.
Set valve plumb.
6.
Provide valve vault:
a.
Air release valves shall be enclosed in a 4’ diameter precast manhole
with a flat top slab as a minimum. Base shall be formed using solid
concrete blocks set on a 12” deep bed of compacted No. 57 stone.
See Construction Details
b.
Provide manhole frame and vented cover.
c.
Coatings:
1.
Coat interior surfaces of air release valve vault.
2.
Coating shall be Raven 405 Epoxy System, 120 mil nominal
thickness, and shall be applied by a Raven Certified
Applicator.
15-9
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
J.
K.
L.
M.
Coating shall be tested for pinholes using approved spark test
method. Applicator shall be responsible for correcting any
defects found during testing.
INSTALLATION OF CUSHIONED SWING CHECK VALVES
1.
Maintain minimum 36” cover over force main at location of check valve.
2.
Set valve level.
3.
Mount the cushioned chamber to the side of the valve body with piston
operating in the chamber, which will prevent valve closing without any
hammering action.
4.
Provide valve vault:
a.
Check valves shall be enclosed in a 4’ diameter precast manhole
with a flat top slab as a minimum. Base shall be formed using solid
concrete blocks set on a 12” deep bed of compacted No. 57 stone.
See Construction Details
b.
Provide manhole frame and vented cover.
INSTALLATION OF PLUG VALVES
1.
Maintain minimum 36” cover over force main at location of plug valve.
2.
Provide valve box. No part of the valve box is to rest on the buried valve.
3.
Provide at each valve box in unpaved areas a precast concrete protection
ring. See Construction Details
METALLIC DETECTION TAPE INSTALLATION
1.
Provide 2” wide metallic detection tape on all direct buried force mains.
2.
Locate 12” below ground surface in pipe trench.
TRACER WIRE INSTALLATION
1.
All force main installations shall include the installation of a locator wire.
The locator wire shall be taped to the top of the pipe with polyethylene tape
during the pipe laying operation. For force mains, which are installed by the
open-trench method, the locator wire shall be stranded 12-gauge copper with
insulation rated UF or USE by Underwriter’s Laboratories. For force mains,
which are installed by a trenchless method, horizontal directional drilling or
15-10
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
other, the locator wire shall be stranded 10-gauge stainless steel with
insulation rated UF or USE by Underwriter’s Laboratories. Underground
splice connections shall be minimized and shall be rated for direct burial
service. The tracer wire shall be looped into “dummy” cast-iron water valve
boxes with caps labeled “SEWER”, painted green, and installed at grade level,
one being installed adjacent to the valve vault at the source pump station.
Additional valve boxes shall be installed at intervals of no greater than
every1000’ along the length of the force main, unless the main was installed
by a trenchless method. A final valve box shall be installed at the discharge
point of the force main, whether that is at a manhole or at a “tee” into another
force main. The looped termination shall allow for the connection of an
electronic locator transmitter.
2.
N.
Prior to acceptance of the wastewater force main by Charleston Water
System, the Contractor shall demonstrate that the locator wire functions
properly. The Contractor shall use one of several commercially available
utility locating instruments to energize and trace the locator wire. When the
wastewater force main is installed in the road shoulder, green-marking flags
(pin flags) shall be installed along the length of the wastewater main at
intervals of no greater than twenty (20’) feet. Where the force main is
installed under concrete or asphalt, green marking paint shall be used.
Testing of the locator wire and installation of the marking flags shall be done
prior to scheduling a final inspection of the wastewater system
JACK AND BORE
1.
General
a.
Description
This section covers the work necessary to furnish and install steel
casings and carrier pipes under surface structures, where indicated,
as specified herein, and as needed for a complete and proper
installation.
b.
Safety
Perform all excavation and backfilling activities in accordance with
the Occupational Safety and Health Act.
2.
Materials
a.
Carrier Pipe shall be restrained joint ductile iron.
b.
Steel Pipe Casing
15-11
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Steel pipe casing shall be manufactured from steel conforming to
ASTM A 139 for Grade B, with minimum yield strength of 35,000 psi
before cold forming.
1.
Pipe shall be straight seam welded. A protective coating will
not be required.
2.
Minimum diameter and wall thickness of the steel piping shall
be as listed in the following table.
Restrained Joint DIP
Carrier Pipe Size
(inches)
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
48
54
3.
c.
Minimum Casing
Size
(inches)
14
16
18
20
24
26
30
32
36
42
48
54
56
62
72
Minimum Casing
Thickness
(inches)
0.250
0.281
0.312
0.375
0.375
0.438
0.469
0.500
0.532
0.625
0.688
0.781
0.812
0.875
1.000
The thicknesses of the casing shown in 2.b.2 are minimum
thicknesses. Actual thicknesses shall be determined by the
casing installer based on an evaluation of the required jacking
forces.
Casing Spacers
Casing spacers shall be flanged, bolt-on style with a two-section
stainless steel shell lined with a PVC liner, minimum 0.09” thick, also
having a hardness of 85-90 durometer. Runners shall be attached
to stainless steel risers which shall be properly welded to the shell.
The height of the runners and risers shall be manufactured such that
the pipe does not float in the casing. Casing spacers shall be as
manufactured by Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing Company,
Contractors Manufacturing, Inc., or approved equal.
15-12
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
Execution
a.
Installation of Steel Pipe Casing
Installation of steel pipe casing shall be by the dry bore method at
locations as shown on the Contract Drawings and approved by the
applicable permits. Installation of steel pipe casing shall be in
accordance with applicable regulations, the Contract Drawings,
these specifications, and any permits required with respect to the
particular boring.
1.
Boring Pit and Receiving Pit
The boring pit shall be solid sheeted, braced, and shored as
necessary to provide a safe operation. The Contractor shall
take all precautions, and comply with all local, state and
federal requirements as may be necessary to protect private
property, public property and/or existing utilities. Maintain in
dry condition by use of pumps, drains or other approved
method.
The receiving pit shall be constructed in accordance with the
Contract Drawings and applicable permits.
2.
Line and Grade
The Contractor shall set the boring rig so that after the casing
is complete, and the carrier pipe is installed, the invert of the
pipe shall conform to grade and alignment as shown on the
Contract Drawings. As the casing is installed, Contractor shall
check the horizontal and vertical alignment frequently.
Contractor shall install the boring at a 90-degree angle to the
crossing unless permitting authority approves a different
specific angle of crossing. The depth shall be a minimum
depth as prescribed by the governing authority unless a
deeper depth is dictated by design.
3.
Boring
In all cases, jacking and boring of the casing pipe shall be
accomplished by the dry jack and bore method without jetting,
sluicing, or wet boring. For casing pipes 48” in diameter and
larger, a closed face shield bore head shall be utilized in front
of the casing. For casing pipes less than 48” in diameter, the
casing may be installed via open face method whereby the
hole shall be bored and cased through the soil by a cutting
15-13
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
head on a continuous auger mounted inside the casing pipe.
The distance between the leading end of the first auger
section and the leading end of the casing shall be as
necessary to maintain a solid plug of spoil material inside the
forward portion of the casing. At no time during the operation
shall the auger head be allowed to extend out in front of the
casing being installed. The boring of the hole and jacking of
the casing pipe shall be done simultaneously, with continuous
installation, until the casing pipe is in final position.
4.
Dewatering
Contractor shall fully investigate the location of all jack and
bores for the project and determine required dewatering
methodologies for each location in order to provide for and
conduct a dry jack and bore. Contractor shall submit plans
and specifications for dewatering to the Engineer for approval
prior to beginning the process (for railways, railway authority
must also approve). Pumps of sufficient capacity to handle
the flow shall be maintained at the site, provided the
Contractor has received approval from the engineer to
operate them. Pumps in operation shall be constantly
attended on a 24-hour basis until, in the sole judgment of the
DOT or railway authority; the operation can be safely halted.
When dewatering, a process for monitoring any settlement of
tracks, roads, or structures must be in place. Prior to
commencing boring, the Contractor shall verify, with
acceptance by the Engineer, the absence of groundwater to
below the lowest elevation of the casing at each entry/exit pit
and as necessary along the casing route.
5.
Diameter of Hole
Bored installations shall have a bored hole no more than 1”
greater than outside diameter of the casing pipe to be
installed. In the event that voids are detected, the voids shall
be grouted.
6.
Casing Pipe Length
Lengths of casing pipe shall be as long as practical for site
conditions. Joints between lengths shall be completely welded
in accordance with American Welding Society recommended
procedures. Prior to welding joints, the Contractor shall
ensure that both ends of the casing sections being welded are
square. The length of the casing shall be such that each end
15-14
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
of the casing shall extend a minimum of 6’ beyond the edge
of pavement/back of curb of a paved roadway, or if railway
installation, in accordance with requirements of the railway
authority.
7.
Lubricant
The Contractor shall plan to use a casing lubricant, such as
bentonite, in the event excessive frictional forces jeopardize
the successful completion of the casing installation.
8.
Jacking
Once the jacking procedure has begun, it shall be continued
without stopping until the boring and jacking operation is
complete.
9.
10.
Installation of the Carrier Pipe
a.
Inspect carefully, ensuring that all foreign material is
removed from the casing and the casing meets
alignment criteria for the type of carrier pipe being
used.
b.
The casing shall be installed as closely to grade as
possible with no more deviation than can be adjusted
with spacers to achieve the carrier pipe design grade.
c.
Install casing spacers on the carrier pipe per the
manufacturer's instructions. See Construction Details
d.
Provide a minimum of one spacer per ten linear feet of
pipe.
e.
Install the carrier pipe in the casing ensuring each joint
is pushed "home" before the joint is installed into the
casing.
f.
Provide centered and restrained configuration.
End Seals
Grout each end of the casing with concrete brick and Type II
concrete in such a manner to prevent the infiltration of foreign
materials into the casing pipe, but allowing leakage to pass in
the event of a carrier pipe break.
15-15
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
b.
Rights-of-Way, Easements, and Permits
Prior to the beginning of the Work, consult with the Engineer to
determine that all rights-of-way, easements, permits, or other
legalities are in order and become familiar with the requirements
thereof. Confine the Work as required to comply with such
requirements. Any encroachment beyond such limits shall be the
Contractor's responsibility.
c.
Conflict of Specifications
Where laws or orders of public authority prescribes a higher degree
of protection than specified herein, then the higher degree so
prescribed shall be deemed a part of this specification and govern
the specific installation.
O.
HYDROSTATIC TESTING
1.
2.
Conduct hydrostatic testing in accordance with AWWA C600.
a.
Conduct tests on each line or valved section of line.
b.
Clean and flush line of dirt and foreign material.
c.
Slowly fill main in order to expel air from the main through the air
release valves or other appurtenance.
d.
Tests are to be conducted in the presence of the Developer’s
Engineer or his representative and witnessed by a Charleston Water
System representative.
Pressure tests:
a.
Pressure leakage test shall be conducted in accordance with AWWA
C600. Each section of the pipeline shall be subjected to and
successfully meet a pressure test of 150% of its working pressure,
but not less than 100 psi. The line shall be slowly filled with water
and all air expelled through the air valves or other means.
b.
A suitable test pump, furnished by the Contractor, shall be connected
to the line by means of a tap in the line, or other suitable method,
and the proper test pressure slowly applied to the line. The test
pressure, +/- 5 psi, shall be maintained for at least two (2) hours.
Leaks, if found, shall be immediately repaired. The Developer’s
Engineer or his representative shall be present on site and confirm
the test results.
15-16
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
c.
3.
Replace defective pipe, joints, fittings and valves with new material
and repeat the test until results are satisfactory.
Leakage test:
a.
Conduct leakage test in conjunction with pressure test.
b.
Testing allowance shall be defined as the maximum quantity of
makeup water that is added into a pipeline undergoing hydrostatic
pressure testing, or any valved section thereof, in order to maintain
pressure within +/- 5 psi of the specified test pressure (after the
pipeline has been filled with water and the air has been expelled).
No pipe installation will be accepted if the quantity of makeup water
is greater than that determined by the following formula:
L
SD P
148,000
Where:
L = Allowable Leakage, in gallons per hour
S = Length of Pipe tested, in feet
D = Nominal Diameter, in inches
P = Average test pressure, in psig
c.
Should test disclose leakage greater than that specified above,
repair, or if necessary, remove and replace the defective joint or
valve until the leakage is within the specified allowance.
15-17
EC-MGT-16 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 16
WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEM PUMP STATION
DESIGN STANDARDS
The following information covers wastewater collection system pump station
design standards and is applicable to all developments requiring wastewater
service from Charleston Water System. No deviation from these standards will be
allowed without the expressed written consent of Charleston Water System.
A.
B.
C.
GENERAL
1.
The following wastewater pump station design standards are based on
Federal, State and local health requirements and the requirements of
Charleston Water System.
2.
These design standards are applicable to all developments requiring
wastewater service from Charleston Water System.
3.
Design pump station in accordance with the requirements of the South
Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control Standards for
Wastewater Facility Construction: R.61-67, and the requirements of these
Standards.
CAPACITY DESIGN
1.
Average daily flow projections for all domestic wastewater facilities shall be
based on the type of facility to be served.
2.
All flows shall comply with the unit contributory loading criteria, Appendix A
of the South Carolina Department of Health and Environmental Control
Standards for Wastewater Facility Construction: R.61-67.
3.
Size pump stations based on peak hourly flow projection two and one half
(2.5) times the average daily flow projection.
4.
When designing pumps, consideration is to be given to the ultimate capacity
of the pump station, in accordance with Charleston Water System’s Master
Plans.
PUMP STATION DESIGN
1.
Pumps:
a.
Provide at least two (2) pumps of equal capacity, each capable of
handling the design peak flow.
16-1
EC-MGT-17 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
b.
Pumps shall be designed to operate in a lead-lag sequence and be
on an alternating cycle.
c.
Pumps shall have an operating point at or near peak efficiency.
d.
Pumps shall be non-overloading for all duty points.
e.
Pump suction and discharge piping shall be at least 4" in diameter.
NOTE: Under conditions that arise from time to time, Charleston
Water System will review submittals for pump stations with grinder
pumps. When grinder pumps are approved by Charleston Water
System, pump suction and discharge piping shall be at least 2” in
diameter.
f.
2.
Provide a swing check valve, plug valve, and pressure gauge
connection on each pump discharge line. See Construction Details
Wetwell:
a.
Normal operating volume shall prevent any one pump from starting
more than six (6) times per hour.
b.
Minimum allowable wetwell diameter shall be 8'-0".
c.
Maximum allowable depth shall be 26’ below finished grade.
d.
Size the wetwell based on the following formula:
V
T
 1
1

 
Q  S S 
Where:
V = Effective volume of wetwell, in gallons
T = Time for one pump cycle, in minutes
Q = Pumping rate, in gallons per minute
S = Peak flow into wetwell, in gallons per minute
16-2
EC-MGT-17 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
e.
f.
3.
Wetwell level settings:
1.
Distance between pump “OFF”and lead pump “ON”:
minimum as specified by the pump manufacturer, or as
calculated for cycle time; whichever is greater.
2.
Distance between lead pump “ON” and lag pump “ON”: 6"
minimum.
3.
Distance between lag pump “ON” and alarm “ON”:
minimum.
4.
Distance between alarm elevation and inlet pipe:
minimum.
6"
12"
Top of wetwell slab shall be set to provide positive drainage away
from the station and minimize flooding. At a minimum, top of slab
shall be 6” above centerline elevation of public access road.
Pump Station Site:
a.
Minimum property size: 50' x 50'.
b.
Site shall be asphalt paved. Provide 6” stone aggregate base with
geofabric underlayment and 2” asphalt cover. See Construction
Details
c.
Design pump station site layout to allow access of service trucks to
the pump station wetwell.
d.
Provide receiving manhole on influent line within pump station fence.
e.
Provide by-pass connection. See Construction Details
f.
Provide a transfer switch for a portable generator.
g.
No overhead power line will be allowed to cross the site.
h.
The station shall have a 1” copper water service terminated in a
Charleston Water System water meter box. See Construction
Details
i.
Fencing:
1.
Site shall be secured by a 6’ high chain link fence.
16-3
EC-MGT-17 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
NOTE: Brick fences will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis
and are subject to the approval of Charleston Water System.
Wooden fences shall not be allowed.
2.
j.
4.
Provide vehicle access gate and personnel access gate.
Design vehicle access gate to allow entrance of service trucks
without blocking the main roadway. See Details.
Access road:
1.
Site shall be serviced by an asphalt road with top of road
above the 25-year flood elevation. Road and site drainage
shall be included in the design and approved by appropriate
permitting agency.
2.
Minimum road width: 16’
3.
Asphalt, in accordance with the requirements of SCDOT.
Electrical:
a.
General:
1.
Electrical design of pump station shall conform to the latest
editions of NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code) and NFPA 820
(Standard for Fire Protection in Wastewater Treatment and
Collection Facilities).
2.
All electrical work shall be performed by licensed personnel.
3.
Design electrical service to handle the ultimate capacity of the
pump station. Coordinate electrical service with local utility
(208V, 230V or 460V) prior to design of pump station controls.
4.
Three (3) phase power shall be required on all motors greater
than 5 Hp. No "add-a-phase" systems shall be allowed. No
phase converters will be allowed. Single-phase power shall
be allowed on pumps 5 Hp and less.
5.
Provide 150 watt High Pressure Sodium (HPS) area floodlight
with electric eye with on/off switch mounted on control panel
rack for manual operation.
16-4
EC-MGT-17 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
b.
Electrical Equipment Rack:
1.
Electrical equipment rack shall be large enough to house all
control equipment to include SCADA.
2.
Electrical equipment rack shall be made entirely of structural
aluminum and be adequately grounded.
3.
Power shall be located underground and shall be located on
the rack in such a manner so the electric meter can be easily
read from outside the fenced area.
4.
Concrete pad shall be provided for the electrical equipment
rack and extend a minimum of 4' outside of wetwell to face of
the control panel.
5.
The control panel shall be located a minimum radius of 5’-0”
outside the hatch opening and shall be protected by a conduit
seal or other appropriate measures meeting the requirements
of the National Electrical Code, to prevent the atmosphere of
the wetwell from gaining access to the control panel. The seal
shall be located so that the motor may be removed and
electrically disconnected without disturbing the seal.
6.
All electrical cables from the motor and wetwell level sensors
shall be terminated in a weather tight box located directly
below the control panel. If size of pump cables allows use of
boxes, install minimum 8”x10” with 316 stainless steel
terminal strip and backing plate.
7.
Electrical supply, control and alarm circuits shall be designed
to provide strain relief and to allow disconnection from outside
the wetwell. Terminals and connectors shall be protected
from corrosion by location outside the wetwell or through use
of watertight seals.
If located outside, weatherproof
equipment shall be used.
8.
Soft starts shall be required on motor 20 hp and greater.
9.
Provide transient voltage surge suppresser on load side of
transfer switch.
10.
Provide GFI Duplex receptacles.
16-5
EC-MGT-17 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
5.
SCADA Radio Antenna and Antenna Pole:
a.
Provide radio antenna, coaxial cable, electrical grounding, and
antenna pole as specified by Charleston Water System.
b.
Install antenna and pole in close physical proximity to pump station
motor control center (MCC). See Construction Details
c.
Antenna poles shall be provided as a complete turnkey system, to
include permitting, through a subcontractor specializing in tower/pole
design, engineering, construction and installation.
d.
Projects located in areas identified in Charleston Water System’s
Automation Master Plan as requiring antenna poles greater than 60’
in height, will be handled on a case-by-case basis.
e.
For additional information regarding requirements for radio antennas
and antenna poles, contact Charleston Water System’s New
Development Program Manager at (843)727-6869.
16-6
EC-MGT-17 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
SECTION 17
WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEM PUMP STATION
MATERIALS FOR CONSTRUCTION
The following information covers wastewater collection system pump station
materials for construction requirements and is applicable to all developments
requiring wastewater service from Charleston Water System. No deviation from
these requirements will be allowed without the expressed written consent of
Charleston Water System.
A.
B.
GENERAL
1.
This section includes material specifications for pump stations and
associated appurtenances.
2.
All materials used in the construction of pump stations shall be new and
unused when delivered on-site and shall be suitable for installation and
operation under the conditions for which they are to be used.
WETWELLS
1.
Use manhole sections complying with Section 12 of these Standards.
2.
Wetwell vent cap:
3.
a.
Size: 6”
b.
Approved product: Josam Vandal-Proof Vent Cap, Model 26706
Wetwell access door:
a.
Fabricate from welded aluminum sections.
b.
Provide dual hinged door of ¼” aluminum tread plate for each pump.
c.
Upper surface shall be flush, with no protrusions.
d.
Fit door with recessed latch requiring a special square tool for
access.
e.
Provide all hardware of Type 316 stainless steel.
f.
Provide Type 316 stainless steel support bracing with a self-locking
hinge mechanism to lock into open position.
17-1
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
C.
Provide a recessed padlock hasp.
h.
Access doors shall include Protective Grating Panel option by
Halliday Products, Inc., or Safe Grate System by ITT Flygt.
PRIMARY LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM
1.
2.
D.
g.
Ultrasonic level control system:
a.
Provide Milltronics Hydroranger Plus with transducer.
b.
House Milltronics Hydroranger in a NEMA 4X non-metallic
enclosure.
c.
House NEMA 4X enclosure in NEMA 12 Type 316 stainless steel
enclosure. Provide drip shield with 3-point latch and lockable handle.
d.
Mount NEMA 12 enclosure on electrical equipment rack, separate
from pump control panel.
e.
Utilize contact output signals from the ultrasonic controller for pump
control high and low level alarms.
Transducer:
a.
Install in wetwell using Type 316 stainless steel angle and hardware.
b.
No less than 40' of cable.
c.
Provide necessary cord grips and cable support.
BACKUP LEVEL CONTROL SYSTEM
1.
Use two (2) float switches.
a.
Single action design, integrally weighted floats.
b.
Capable of withstanding water penetration under 25' of water.
c.
Micro-switch type.
d.
Seal in a polypropylene housing.
e.
No less than 40' of cable with polypropylene cord grips and mounting
hardware.
17-2
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
f.
2.
Provide for both pumps “On” and both pumps “Off” operation:
a.
b.
3.
E.
3 to 1 safety factor, minimum.
Utilize the upper and lower float to control both pumps in the event
that the ultrasonic level control system fails.
1.
Upper float for pumps start and high-high level alarm.
2.
Lower float for pumps stop and low-low level alarm.
Design the float control circuitry so that the operation of the pumps
under backup control is not contingent upon the operation of the
ultrasonic level controller.
Float cable holder:
a.
Use six (6) hook, Type 316 stainless steel.
b.
Mount with Type 316 stainless steel anchors.
c.
Approved products: Halliday Product Series J4A Cable Holder, Type
316 Stainless Steel.
PIPING AND FITTINGS
1.
All piping shall be Pressure Class 250 Ductile Iron Pipe and all fittings shall
be Pressure Class 150 Ductile Iron Pipe.
2.
Provide flanged pipe ends complying with pertinent provision of
ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10
3.
Fittings: Use flanged ductile iron fittings complying with ANSI/AWWA
C110/A21.10.
4.
Couplings:
5.
a.
Provide cast iron flanged coupling adapters to connect discharge
and suction piping to field piping.
b.
Provide restraining glands.
All pipe and fittings shall be lined for sewers with Protecto 401 and conform
to ANSI/ASTM D1248.
17-3
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
6.
Exterior of all piping and fittings shall be coated with TNEMEC paint in
accordance with the following specifications:
1.
2.
F.
Exterior exposed steel:
a.
Surface Preparation - SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast
Cleaning. The surface shall be free of all foreign matter and
dry prior to painting.
b.
1st Coat – Series 1 Omnithane applied at 2.5-3.5 dry mils.
c.
2nd Coat – Series N-69 (Color: 110GN Clover) Hi-Build
Epoxoline II applied at 4.0-6.0 dry mils.
d.
3rd Coat – Series 73-U (Color: 112GN Foliage) Endura Shield
applied at 3.0-5.0 dry mils.
Steel (Immersion):
a.
Surface Preparation – SSPC-SP10/NACE 2 Near White Blast
Cleaning. The surface shall be free of all foreign matter and
dry prior to painting.
b.
1st Coat – Series 1 Omnithane applied at 2.5-3.5 dry mils.
c.
2nd Coat – Series N-69 (Color: 110GN Clover) Hi-Build
Epoxoline II applied at 4.0-6.0 dry mils.
d.
3rd Coat – Series 104 (Color: 112GN Foliage) H.S. Epoxy
applied at 3.0-5.0 dry mils.
3.
All field applications shall be inspected and approved by a Tnemec
authorized factory representative and Charleston Water System
approved representative.
4.
Approval shall be in the form of a written acceptance letter to be
supplied by the Tnemec representative stating that all areas of
application have been cleaned, primed and coated in accordance
with the factory’s approval for warranty acceptance.
VALVES
1.
Plug valves:
a.
Provide cast iron body in accordance with ASTM A126.
17-4
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
b.
Flanged end, ANSI 125 lbs.
c.
Use drip-tight shutoff plug mounted in stainless steel bearings.
d.
Provide 1/8” thick hand welded in overlay, no less than 90% nickel
content on all surfaces contacting the plug face. Seat to be raised
from the valve body and machined to a smooth finish.
e.
Provide bolted bonnet design.
accordance with AWWA C517.
f.
Valve actuator:
g.
2.
3.
Stem seals shall be provided in
1.
6” and smaller exposed valves shall be provided with wrench
actuators.
2.
8” and larger exposed valves shall be provided with worm
gear type manual actuators.
3.
Valves shall open left.
Approved manufacturer: DeZurik or Pratt/Milliken.
Ball check valves:
a.
Valve housing shall be constructed of a high quality nodular cast iron
type GGG40/ASTM 65-45-12/SAE D4512.
b.
Valve shall be suitable for pressures ups to 145 psi.
c.
Valve assembly shall be easily serviced.
d.
Approved manufacturer: ITT Flygt, Type 5087, or approved equal.
Cushioned swing check valves:
a.
b.
Provide cast iron body with bronze seating ring and stainless steel
shaft for attachment of weight and lever with non-corrosive
adjustable air cushioned shock chamber.
Mount the cushioned chamber to the side of the valve body with
piston operating in the chamber, which will prevent valve closing
without any hammering action.
c.
Shock absorption by air: Adjustable closing speed.
d.
Approved manufacturer: G. A. Industries, Inc., Figure 250-D.
17-5
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
4.
5.
Air release valves:
a.
Provide combination air valve.
b.
The combination air valve shall be suitable for use at pressures up
to 150 PSI.
c.
The valve shall have Type 316 stainless steel body, cover and cover
bolts with a NPT inlet and outlet connection. Valves shall have a
Type 316 stainless steel float and a replaceable seat of Buna-N or
other suitable material.
Venting orifice and internal linkage
mechanism shall be Type 316 stainless steel.
d.
Valve size shall be 1” or 2” size as shown on the plans, both sizes to
be supplied with 2” NPT pipeline connection. The distance from 2”
pipeline connection to the top of the combination air valve shall not
exceed 10”.
e.
Valve shall be supplied with flushing attachments consisting of 2”
stainless steel inlet isolating ball valve, 1” stainless steel blow off ball
valve and ½” stainless steel flushing ball valve and stainless steel
pipe nipples and a 5’ rubber hose with quick connect couplings.
f.
Valves shall be GA Industries Figure 942SS-F. See Construction
Details
Coatings:
a.
Coat exterior of plug valves, ball check valves and cushioned swing
check valves with TNEMEC paint. Do not paint air release valves.
b.
The following coatings shall be applied in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations:
1.
2.
Surface Preparation - SSPC-SP6/NACE 3 Commercial Blast
Cleaning. The surface shall be free of all foreign matter and
dry prior to painting.
1st Coat – Series 1 Omnithane applied at 2.5-3.5 dry mils.
3.
2nd Coat – Series N-69 (Color: 110GN Clover) Hi-Build
Epoxoline II applied at 4.0-6.0 dry mils.
4.
3rd Coat – Series 73-U (Color: 112GN Foliage) Endura Shield
applied at 3.0-5.0 dry mils.
17-6
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
G.
H.
c.
All field applications shall be inspected and approved by a Tnemec
authorized factory representative and Charleston Water System
approved representative.
d.
Approval shall be in the form of a written acceptance letter to be
supplied by the Tnemec representative stating that all areas of
application have been cleaned, primed and coated in accordance
with the factory’s approval for warranty acceptance.
SCADA RADIO ANTENNA AND ANTENNA POLE
1.
Provide radio antenna, coaxial cable, electrical grounding, and antenna
pole of size and type specified by Charleston Water System.
2.
Poles shall be wood, steel or fiberglass.
3.
Ornamental type poles or poles made of materials other than wood, steel or
fiberglass will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
4.
Projects located in areas identified in Charleston Water System’s
Automation Master Plan as requiring antenna poles greater than 60’ in
height will be handled on a case-by-case basis.
5.
For additional information regarding requirements for radio antennas and
antenna poles, contact Charleston Water System’s New Development
Program Manager at (843)727-6869.
FENCING
1.
Provide chain link fence.
2.
All materials shall be vinyl-coated including fabric, posts, rails and
associated appurtenances. See Construction Details
a.
b.
Chain link shall be 6' high, ends twisted and barbed, and commercial
grade 9-gauge 2" mesh with PVC coating (black or green).
End, corner and pull posts shall be 2.875” O.D.
c.
Line posts shall be 2.375" O.D.
d.
Top rail shall be 1.66” O.D.
e.
Bottom tension wire shall be 7-gauge spring coil wire.
f.
Gate posts shall be 3" O.D. for gates up to 6’ wide.
17-7
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
g.
3.
4.
I.
J.
Gate posts shall be 4” O.D. for gates 7’ to 13’ wide.
Vehicle access gate:
a.
Vehicle access gate shall be a pair of 7’ long by 6' high sections
constructed of 2" O.D. pipe. Frame members shall not exceed 6” in
length.
b.
Gate shall be equipped with a prop post center latch and hasp
assembly. A ground anchor cast in concrete shall be provided.
c.
Gates shall be factory fabricated and equipped with gate hold backs.
Panel shall have a horizontal brace at center of fabric height.
Personnel access gate:
a.
Personnel access gate shall be a 3’ long by 6' high section
constructed of 2" O.D. pipe.
b.
Gate shall be equipped with a latch and hasp assembly.
c.
Gate shall be factory fabricated and equipped with gate hold backs.
d.
Panel shall have a horizontal brace at center of fabric height.
STATION SECURITY LIGHT
1.
Provide an enclosed and gasketed 150 watt High Pressure Sodium light
fixture with photo-electric cell.
2.
Light circuit to be protected by dedicated, 20A, 1P, GFCI circuit breaker in
control panel and controlled by a manual on/off switch mounted in the
control panel.
PUMP STATION SIGN
1.
Provide Charleston Water System pump station sign. See Construction
Details
2.
Materials: Anodized Aluminum, #5052, .080” thick.
3.
Size: 18” wide x 24” high with 1.5” radiuses on all corners.
4.
Recommended source: Bryant Signs, Inc., North Charleston, SC. (843)5549321.
17-8
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
K.
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP STATION
1.
Pumps:
a.
b.
General:
1.
ANSI 125 lb standard cast iron flange fitting or cast with
volute.
2.
Pump components: cast iron, ASTM A48, Class 30.
3.
All exposed fasteners and washers: Type 316L stainless
steel.
4.
Pump lift handle: Type 316 stainless steel.
5.
Coating:
a.
All components coming into contact with sewage.
b.
Pump exterior: PVC epoxy primer and a chlorine
rubber paint finish.
Impeller:
1.
Double shrouded non-clog type.
2.
Gray cast iron, Class 30, balanced dynamically to 0.5".
3.
Paint with one coat of alkyd resin primer.
4.
Provide wear ring consisting of a replaceable stationary ring
made of brass, drive fitted to the volute inlet.
5.
Sliding fit between the impeller and the shaft with one key.
c.
Volute: Single piece, non-concentric design.
d.
Shaft: ANSI Type 420 stainless steel.
e.
Bearings:
1.
Two (2) permanently lubricated bearings.
2.
B-10 bearing life of 50,000 hours.
17-9
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
f.
g.
h.
3.
Upper bearing: single deep groove ball bearing.
4.
Lower bearing: two row angular contact ball bearings.
Watertight seals:
1.
Nitrile rubber O-rings.
2.
Fittings: Accomplish sealing by metal-to-metal contact
between machined surfaces.
3.
Gaskets, elliptical O-rings, grease or other devices are not
acceptable.
Mechanical seals:
1.
Tandem mechanical shaft seal system.
2.
Operate the upper of the tandem set of seals in an oil
chamber.
3.
Upper seal set: one stationary tungsten carbide ring soldered
to a holder of stainless steel and one positively driven rotating
carbon ring to function as an independent secondary barrier
between the pumped liquid and the stator bearings.
4.
Lower seal set: a stationary ring soldered to a holder of
stainless steel and a positively driven rotating ring, both of
tungsten carbide. Hold each interface in contact by its own
spring system.
5.
Require neither maintenance nor adjustment, easily
inspected and replaced.
6.
Provide all seal hardware of stainless steel.
Warranty:
The pump manufacturer shall warrant the units being supplied
against defects in workmanship and material for a period of five (5)
years or 10,000 hours under the Municipal Wastewater Permanent
Installation Warranty Policy under normal use, operating and service.
The warranty shall be in printed form and apply to all similar units.
17-10
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
i.
2.
Approved pump manufacturer:
1.
Flygt
2.
ABS
3.
Gorman Rupp.
Pump motor:
a.
General:
1.
Submersible type, designed for continuous duty, suitable for
Class I, Div. I area and capable of sustaining a minimum of
twelve (12) starts per hour.
2.
Integral motor and pump.
3.
Air filled, squirrel cage induction, shell type design, Class F
insulation system. Class F materials rated for continuous duty
in 40 degree C (104 degree F) liquids.
4.
Cast iron motor frame and end shields.
5.
Stainless steel hardware and shaft.
6.
Service factor: 1.15.
7.
Minimum efficiency rating of 90%.
8.
Minimum power factor rating of 85%.
9.
Stator:
a.
Heat-shrink fitted to shaft.
b.
Dip and bake in Class F varnish.
c.
Do not use bolts, pins or other fastening devices
requiring penetration of the stator housing.
d.
Aluminum rotor bars and short-circuit rings.
17-11
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
b.
1.
Single cylindrical elastomer grommet, flanked by stainless
steel washers, all having a close tolerance fit against the cable
outside diameter and the entry inside diameter and
compressed by the entry body containing a strain relief
function, separate from the function of sealing the cable.
2.
Bear assembly against a shoulder in the pump top.
3.
Separate the cable entry junction chamber and motor by a
stator lead sealing gland or terminal board to isolate the motor
interior from foreign material gaining access through the pump
top. Do not use epoxies, silicones, or other secondary sealing
systems.
c.
Provide pre-lubricated bearings: Minimum B-10 life of 50,000 hours.
d.
Thermal protection:
e.
f.
3.
Cable entry water seal system:
1.
Motor rated thermally to NEMA MG1-12.42.
2.
Three (3) thermostatic switches (one in each phase) in the
stator windings.
Junction chamber:
1.
Seal from the motor by elastomer compression seal (o-ring).
2.
Connect between the cable conductors and stator leads with
threaded compressed type binding, post permanently affixed
to a terminal board.
Seal protection: Provide moisture detection device.
Discharge connection:
a.
Permanently installed discharge connection system.
b.
Pump(s) automatically connected to the discharge connection elbow
when lowered into place. Easily removed for inspection or service.
c.
Accomplish sealing of the pump unit to the discharge connection
elbow by a simple linear downward motion of the pump.
17-12
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
4.
5.
d.
Stainless steel sliding guide bracket to be an integral part of the
pump unit.
e.
Guide the entire weight of the pumping unit by no less than two guide
bars and press tightly against the discharge connection elbow with
metal-to-metal contact.
f.
A diaphragm, O-ring or other devices to interface sealing of the
discharge are not acceptable.
g.
No portion of the pump to bear directly on the floor of the sump.
Discharge elbow:
a.
Gray cast iron: ASTM A48, Class 30.
b.
Vertical leg: ANSI Class 125 lb. flange.
c.
Provide integral cast iron base.
d.
If necessary, size elbow with a reducer to reduce the maximum
velocities and to match discharge piping.
Pressure gauges:
a.
Provide on the discharge side of each pump.
b.
Range - nearest available upper range above pump shut off head.
c.
Provide rounded type, stainless steel case, 4 ½” nominal diameter
with phosphor-bronze bourdon tubes, glycerin filled, 3” NPT bottom
male threaded connections, stainless steel rack and pinion
movement, black micro-adjusted corners and black figures with white
plastic dials, and a threaded ring.
d.
Gauge accuracy: Within 1% of the total scale range.
e.
Provide diaphragm isolators on all gauges. Provide diaphragm
material resistant to chemicals in the process line being measured.
f.
Gauge connections to consist of the following:
1.
¼” Type 316 stainless steel shutoff valve with Viton seals as
manufactured by Whitey ball valve.
2.
¼” stainless steel piping connections.
17-13
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
6.
7.
Guide rails (per pump):
a.
Provide two lengths of Schedule 40, Type 316 stainless steel pipe,
with diameter as specified by manufacturer.
b.
Type 316 stainless steel bottom and top pilots.
c.
Acceptable manufacturer: Halliday Metals.
Pump guides:
Attach to pump volute with stainless steel hex head cap screws.
8.
9.
Lift chain:
a.
Provide each pump and motor with Type 316 stainless steel lifting
chain sized per manufacturer’s recommendations. Minimum ¼”
welded stainless steel link chain.
b.
Length to reach top of station plus an additional 3'.
c.
Attach upper end of chain to wetwell access frame with Type 316
stainless steel clip and stainless steel eye nut.
d.
Connect chain to pump using Type 316 stainless steel screw pin and
shackle.
Pump control panel:
a.
Enclosure:
1.
Code gauge, Type 316 stainless steel: NEMA 12, gasketed
with drip shield. Provide for support frame mounting with
exterior flanges.
2.
Single 3-point locking latch w/ pad locking provisions. Attach
with stainless steel screws.
3.
Removable aluminum inner swing panel.
a.
Minimum thickness of 0.125".
b.
Continuous stainless steel piano type hinge.
c.
Minimum horizontal swing of 90 degrees.
17-14
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
4.
5.
b.
Use removable aluminum back panel.
a.
0.125" minimum thickness.
b.
Attach to enclosure on collar studs.
c.
Do not use self-tapping screws.
Engraved nameplates on door mounted hardware. Attach
with stainless steel screws.
Control panel components:
1.
Provide the following components with the panel:
a.
Pilot run light for each motor
b.
Condensation heater
c.
High level alarm indication light
d.
Alarm bell silence
e.
GFCI 20A duplex receptacle with stainless steel cover
f.
Control relays
g.
Remote alarm terminals
h.
“Seal failure” indicator lamp
i.
“High temperature” indicator lamp
j.
“Power on” indicating lamp
k.
Temperature failure test push-button
l.
Temperature failure reset
m.
Seal failure test push-button
n.
Seal failure reset
o.
Area light control switch
17-15
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
3.
p.
Local (Ultrasonic/float level) – remote (SCADA) control
switch
q.
Low level alarm
r.
HOA switch spring loaded hand return to off
Provide spring loaded “H-O-A” switches for each motor.
a.
UL rated, heavy duty, 600 VAC, NEMA 4X, oil-tight
switches.
b.
“Hand” position not to override motor overload
shutdown.
c.
Acceptable products: Allen Bradley 800H or Square D
Class 9001 SK.
Motor starting components:
a.
For motors less than 20 hp provide NEMA rated,
magnetic motor starters.
1.
Use motor starter contacts easily replaceable
without removing the motor’s starter from its
mounted position. Acceptable products: Square
D (Class 8536) or General Electric.
2.
Provide phase failure, under voltage release
and overload protection on all three phases.
Acceptable product: Allen Bradley 813S or
Diversified SLA-230-ASA.
b.
For motors 20 hp and larger provide soft-start solidstate starters. Acceptable products: Square D or
General Electric.
c.
Circuit breaker and operating mechanism:
1.
Provide thermal magnetic circuit breaker having
a minimum symmetrical RMS interrupting rating
based on available fault current calculations.
2.
Provide padlockable operating mechanism on
each motor circuit breaker.
17-16
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
4.
b.
4.
Provide Square D or General Electric.
Provide electrical/mechanical industrial design, Class
47.
1.
Push button with test relay and toggle between
automatic and lead pump 1 or 2.
2.
Acceptable product: MPE, Inc., Model # 008120-13SP.
Provide pump sequence selector switch.
1.
Provide manual selection of either Pump No. 1
or No. 2 as the “LEAD” pump.
2.
Acceptable products: Allen Bradley Series 800H
or Square D Class 9001SK.
High temperature shutdown:
a.
6.
Locate mechanism operator handles on exterior
of the inner swing panel with interlocks which
permit the panel to be opened only when circuit
breakers are in the OFF position.
Pump alternator relay:
a.
5.
3.
Provide high temperature shutdown for each motor
utilizing the temperature switches embedded in the
motor windings.
1.
Under high temperature conditions the switch
shall open, de-energize the motor starter and
stop the pump motor.
2.
Automatic reset type.
Moisture detector control (seal failure):
a.
Provide for each pump a float switch sensor to detect
moisture in the stator chamber.
b.
Detection of moisture by the sensor shall disrupt the
motor starting circuit of the pump.
17-17
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
c.
Motor shall remain inoperative until problem is
corrected and the control circuit is manually reset.
7.
Provide overload reset device, operable without opening the
inner swing panel.
8.
Provide the following components mounted on the back plate:
a.
b.
120V control circuit transformer (open core and coil
type) with primary circuit breaker and secondary circuit
breakers for:
1.
Control
2.
Duplex receptacle
3.
Condensation heater
4.
Area light
Automatic shut-off timer for alarm horn.
1.
Set to operate one (1) minute each hour until
acknowledged.
2.
Provide timer bypass switch.
c.
Provide flasher for alarm light.
acknowledged.
Light to flash until
d.
Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor (TVSS)
e.
Provide power terminals and control terminals.
9.
Design control sequence so that panel is functioning
automatically again after a power failure and manual reset is
not necessary. Provide a time delay relay to prevent both
pumps from starting simultaneously after power failure.
10.
Provide a terminal board for connection of line, pump leads
and level sensors and controls.
11.
Provide elapsed time meter for each motor.
a.
Six digits, non-re-settable.
17-18
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
12.
b.
Indicate total run time in hours and tenths.
c.
Approved manufacturer: Grasslin Controls Corporation
Provide high water alarm signal from ultrasonic controller and
from float switch.
a.
Front panel mounted silence switch.
b.
120V AC.
c.
Utilize standard 60-watt incandescent bulb, vapor tight,
alarm light with red globe, guard and mounting
hardware.
d.
13.
1.
Mount above panel on support on a 1” diameter
stainless steel rod 12” to 18” above the panel.
2.
Provide threaded type globe.
120V AC alarm horn:
1.
Weatherproof housing
2.
Mounting lugs
3.
Conduit tap
4.
Mount on side of the panel
5.
Horn and light: Operate simultaneously on high
level.
Provide a motor ammeter:
a.
Panel mounted.
1.
Scale range greater than pump rating.
2.
Provide an “Off-L1-L2-L3" selector switch.
3.
Provide a “Pump 1 - Pump 2" selector switch.
4.
Acceptable manufacturer: General Electric.
17-19
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
14.
15.
Control relays:
a.
General purpose plug-in tube base type.
b.
Din rail mounted relay sockets.
c.
Acceptable products: Allen Bradley or Square D.
Wiring:
a.
Factory wired completely, except for power supply,
motor, temperature switches and moisture sensor,
connections, and mercury float switches. Ultrasonics
to be used as primary level control. Provide power
terminal strips for emergency float switches.
1.
Comply with applicable standards of National
Electric Code.
2.
Color code and number as indicated on factory
wiring diagram.
3.
Control wire: MTW 90 degree C #14 AWG.
b.
Electrically ground all components to a common
ground screw mounted on the removable back panel.
c.
Group all wiring in plastic wire troughs except wiring
from the 14-gauge backplate to the door shall be done
in separate bundled harnesses for control circuits.
d.
Provide sufficient motor lead wiring and level control
wiring to make connections in the junction box.
16.
Float switch and motor power cable: Provide cable of
adequate length to terminate in control panel junction box
without splicing.
17.
Lights and alarms:
a.
Utilize signal contacts from ultrasonic level system and
float switches.
b.
Provide individual remote alarm contacts.
17-20
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
L.
SELF-PRIMING PUMP STATION
1.
2.
General:
a.
Pump station shall be Gorman-Rupp 6 x 6 package station with selfpriming sewage pumps.
b.
Pumps must be designed to handle raw, unscreened, domestic
sanitary sewage. Pumps shall be cast, machined and assembled in
the United States. Each pump shall be selected based on the
following system parameters: Capacity in GPM, total dynamic head,
total dynamic suction lift, and maximum re-priming lift.
c.
Site power furnished to pump station shall be 3 phase, 60 hertz,
230/460 volts, 4 wire, maintained within industry standards. Voltage
tolerance shall be plus or minus 10 percent. Phase-to-phase
unbalance shall not exceed 1% average voltage as set forth in NEMA
Standard MG-1. Control voltage shall not exceed 132 volts.
Quality Assurance:
a.
The manufacturer of the pump station shall have a quality
management system in place and shall be ISO 9001 certified.
b.
Equipment provided under this Section shall be a packaged product
of a single supplier who assumes responsibility for the integration
and proper operation of the specified components.
c.
All internal passages, impeller vanes, and recirculation ports shall
pass a 2 ½” spherical solid for a 3” pump and 3” spherical solid for
the 4” or 6” pump.
d.
All internal components including the pumps, motors, valves, piping
and controls will be assembled and tested as a complete working
system at the manufacturer's facility. Tests shall be conducted in
accordance with Hydraulic Institute Standards at the specified head,
capacity, rated speed and horsepower. Factory operational test shall
simulate actual performance anticipated for the complete station.
Upon request from the engineer, the operational test may be
witnessed by the engineer, and/or representatives of his choice, at
the manufacturer's facility.
e.
The manufacturer's technical representative shall inspect the
completed installation, correct or supervise the correction of any
defect or malfunction, and instruct operating personnel in the proper
operation and maintenance of the equipment.
17-21
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
Manufacturer’s Warranty:
a.
The manufacturer must warrant the complete pump station
assembly. Individual component warranties are desirable. However,
individual warranties honored solely by the manufacturer of each
pump station component will not be acceptable.
b.
The pump station manufacturer shall warrant all equipment to be of
quality construction, free of defects in material and workmanship. A
written warranty shall include specific details described below.
c.
4.
1.
Fiberglass components of the station enclosure shall be
warranted for twenty (20) years to resist UV damage,
corrosion from moisture or corrosive soils, or physical failures
occurring in normal service, without the need for special
protective coatings, when installed according to the
manufacturer's recommendations.
2.
All other equipment, apparatus, and parts furnished shall be
warranted for five (5) years excepting only those items that
are normally consumed in service, such as light bulbs, oils,
grease, packing, gaskets, 0-rings, etc. The pump station
manufacturer shall be solely responsible for warranty of the
station and all components.
3.
Components failing to perform as specified by the engineer,
or as represented by the manufacturer, or as proven defective
in service during the warranty period, shall be replaced,
repaired, or satisfactorily modified by the manufacturer
without cost of parts or labor to the owner.
The warranty shall become effective upon the acceptance by the
purchaser or the purchaser's authorized agent, or sixty (60) days
after installation, or ninety (90) days after shipment, whichever
occurs first.
Enclosure:
a.
The station enclosure shall contain and protect all pumps, interior
piping, valves and associated controls. Enclosure shall incorporate
the following design and service features:
1.
Access panels must be supplied on all sides. Location and
size shall permit access for routine maintenance functions
such as pump and motor inspection, drive belt adjustment,
and pump clean-out.
17-22
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
A continuous hinge and latch shall be installed on all four
access panels. The hinged panels shall allow easy access to
the electrical controls for frequent adjustments and
inspections. A two-point mechanical latch assembly shall
secure the panel at top and bottom. Latch handle locks shall
be match keyed, requiring only one key to open all access
panels.
3.
A vent in one access panel shall allow free air-flow for
enclosure ventilation.
4.
The complete station enclosure, less base, must be
completely removable after disengaging reusable hardware.
After disassembly, no portion of the enclosure (except
electrical service entrance) shall project above the base
surface to interfere with maintenance or endanger personnel.
5.
Disassembly and removal of the enclosure shall require no
more than two people working without assistance of lifting
equipment.
b.
Station base shall be constructed of pre-cast, reinforced concrete
encapsulated in a fiberglass mold. The design shall resist
deformation of the structure during shipping, lifting, or handling. Base
shall incorporate drainage provisions, and an opening sized to permit
installation of piping and service connections to the wet well. After
installation, the opening shall serve as a grout dam to be utilized by
the contractor. The base shall incorporate anchor bolt recesses for
securing the complete station to a concrete pad (supplied by the
contractor) in accordance with the project plans.
c.
A blower mounted in the station roof shall be sized to exchange
station air volume at least once every two minutes. Blower motor
shall energize automatically at approximately 70 degrees F, and
turned off at 55 degrees F. The blower motor control circuit shall
incorporate a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker providing overcurrent
and overload protection. Exhaust and inlet locations shall prevent the
entrance of rain, snow, or debris.
d.
Pump station shall be provided with a 1300/1500 watt, 115 volt
electric heater with cord and grounding plug. Ungrounded heaters
shall not be acceptable.
e.
Pump station shall be provided with a 250/500 watt, 115 volt AC
quartz halogen hand lamp with 12 feet of cord and grounding plug.
17-23
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Hand lamp shall be constructed of corrosion resistant materials, and
shall be equipped with a guard and an adjustable stand.
5.
Pump Design:
Pumps shall be Super T Series horizontal, self-priming centrifugal type,
designed specifically for handling raw, unscreened, domestic sanitary
sewage.
6.
Serviceability:
a.
The pump manufacturer shall demonstrate to the engineer's
satisfaction that consideration has been given to reducing
maintenance costs by incorporating the following features.
b.
No special tools shall be required for replacement of any components
within the pump.
c.
Pumps to be supplied with a drain kit for ease of maintenance. The
kit shall contain 10' length of reinforced plastic hose with a female
quick connect fitting at one end, and factory installed drain fittings in
each pump. Fittings include a stainless steel pipe nipple, stainless
steel bushing, stainless steel ball valve and aluminum male quick
connect fitting.
d.
A gauge kit shall be supplied for each pump. Suction pressure must
be monitored by a glycerin-filled compound gauge, and discharge
pressure by a glycerin-filled pressure gauge. Gauges to be at least 4
inches in diameter, graduated in feet water column. Rated accuracy
shall be 1% of full-scale reading. Compound gauge shall be
graduated -34 to +34 feet water column minimum. Pressure gauge
to be graduated 0 to 140 feet water column minimum. Gauges to be
factory mounted on a resilient panel with frame assembly secured to
pumps or piping. Gauge installations shall be complete with all hoses
and stainless steel fittings, including a shutoff valve for each gauge
line at the point of connection to suction and discharge pipes.
e.
The following minimum spare parts shall be furnished with the pump
station:
1.
One complete rotating assembly: shaft, mechanical seal,
impeller with all gaskets, seals, sleeves, O-rings, and packs
required to be replaced during replacement of the seal.
2.
One spare pump mechanical seal with shaft sleeve.
17-24
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
7.
8.
3.
Two cover plate O-Rings.
4.
Two rotating assembly O-Rings
5.
One quart of seal lubricant.
6.
One each type of relay.
Valves and Piping:
a.
Check Valve: Each pump shall be equipped with a full flow type
check valve, capable of passing a 3" spherical solid, with flanged
ends and be fitted with an external lever and spring.
b.
Plug Valve: A 3-way plug valve must allow either or both pumps to
be isolated from the force main.
c.
Air Release Valves: Each pump shall be equipped with an automatic
air release valve, designed to vent air to atmosphere during initial
priming, or unattended repriming cycles. Upon completion of the
priming or repriming cycle, the valve shall automatically close to
prevent recirculation. A visible indication of valve closure shall be
evident, and shall operate solely on discharge pressure. Connection
of the air release valves to the station piping shall include stainless
steel fittings.
d.
Piping: Flanged header pipe shall be centrifugally cast, ductile iron,
complying with ANSI/AWWA A21.51/C115 and class 53 thickness.
Flanges shall be cast iron class 125 and Comply with ANSI B16.1.
e.
Supports and Thrust Blocks: Contractor must insure all pipes
connected to the pump station are supported to prevent piping loads
from being transmitted to pumps or station piping. Pump station
discharge force main piping shall be anchored with thrust blocks
where shown on the contract drawings.
Electric Motor:
a.
Pump motors shall be horizontal ODP, 1,800 RPM, NEMA design B
with cast iron frame with copper windings, induction type, with class
F insulation and 1.15 Service Factor for normal starting torque and
low starting current characteristics, suitable for continuous service.
The motors shall not overload at the design condition or at any head
in the operating range as specified. Motors shall be suitable for
operation using the utility power available specified in part 1 of this
section.
17-25
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
b.
9.
Motors shall be tested in accordance with provisions of ANSI/IEEE
Std. 112, Method B.
Drive Transmission:
Power to pumps transmitted by V-belt drive assemblies. The sheave/belt
combination shall provide the speed ratio needed to achieve the specified
pump operating conditions. Each drive assembly shall utilize at least two Vbelts providing minimum a combined safety factor of 1.5. Single belt drives
or systems with a safety factor of less than 1.5 are not acceptable.
10.
Electrical Control Components:
a.
The pump station control panel will be tested as an integral unit by
the pump station manufacturer. The control panel shall also be
tested with the pump station as a complete working system at the
pump station manufacturer's facility.
b.
Electrical control equipment shall be mounted within a common
NEMA 1 stainless steel, dead front type control enclosures. Door
shall be hinged and sealed with a neoprene gasket and equipped
with captive closing hardware. Control components shall be mounted
on removable steel back panels secured to enclosure with collar
studs. All control devices and instruments shall be mounted using
threaded fasteners, and shall be clearly labeled to indicate function.
c.
Pump station controls shall conform to third party safety certification.
The panel shall bear a serialized UL label listed for "Enclosed
Industrial Control Panels". The enclosure, and all components
mounted on the sub-panel or control cover shall conform to UL
descriptions and procedures.
d.
A properly sized heavy duty circuit breaker, with RMS interrupting
rating of 10,000/14,000 amperes at 230/460 volts, shall be furnished
for each pump motor. The circuit breakers must be sealed by the
manufacturer after calibration to prevent tampering. An operating
mechanism installed on each motor circuit breaker shall penetrate
the control panel door. A padlockable operator handle shall be
secured on the exterior surface. Interlocks must prevent opening the
door until circuit breakers are in "OFF" position.
e.
An open frame, across-the-line, NEMA rated magnetic starter with
under-voltage release, and overload protection on all three phases,
shall be furnished for each pump motor.
17-26
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
f.
The control panel shall be equipped with a transient voltage surge
suppressor to minimize damage to the pump motors and control from
transient voltage surges. The suppressor shall utilize silicon-oxide
varistors encapsulated in non-conductive housing. The arrestor shall
have a current rating of 60,000 Amps, and a Joule rating of 1500.
g.
The control panel shall be equipped to monitor the incoming power
and shut down the pump motors when required to protect the
motor(s) from damage caused by phase reversal, phase loss,
voltage unbalance, and low voltage. A time delay shall be provided
to minimize nuisance trips. The motor(s) shall automatically restart
when power conditions return to normal. The lift station shall be
equipped with a 3 KVA step down transformer to supply 115 volt, AC,
single phase for the control and auxiliary equipment. The primary and
secondary side of the transformer to be protected by a thermal
magnetic circuit breaker, sized to meet the power requirements of
the transformer. An operating mechanism shall penetrate the control
panel door, and a padlockable operator handle shall be secured on
the exterior surface. Interlocks must prevent opening the door until
circuit breakers are in "OFF" position.
h.
A normal duty thermal-magnetic circuit breaker shall protect all
control circuits by interrupting control power.
i.
Pump mode selector switches shall permit manual start or stop of
each pump individually, or permit automatic operation under control
of the liquid level control system. Manual operation shall override all
shutdown systems, except the motor overload relays. Selector
switches to be oil-tight design with contacts rated NEMA A300
minimum.
j.
Pump alternator relay to be electro-mechanical industrial design.
Relay contacts to be rated 10 amperes minimum at 120 volts
non-inductive. A switch shall permit the station operator to select
automatic alternation of pumps, to select pump number one to be
"lead" for each pumping cycle, or to select pump number two to be
"lead" pump for each pumping cycle.
k.
Six digit elapsed time meter (non-reset type) shall be connected to
each motor starter to indicate total running time of each pump in
"hours" and "tenths of hours". An integral pilot light shall be wired in
parallel to indicate that the motor is energized and should be running.
l.
A high pump temperature protection circuit shall override the level
control and shut down the pump motor(s) when required to protect
the pump from excessive temperature. A thermostat shall be
17-27
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
mounted on each pump casing and connected to a pump shutdown
circuit. If casing temperature rises to a level sufficient to cause
damage, the thermostat causes the shutdown circuit to interrupt
power to the motor. A visible indicator, mounted through the control
panel door shall indicate motor stopped due to high pump
temperature. The motor shall remain locked out until the pump has
cooled and circuit has been manually reset. Automatic reset of this
circuit is not acceptable.
m.
A duplex ground fault receptacle providing 115 VAC, 60 Hz, single
phase current, will be mounted on the side of the control enclosure.
Receptacle circuit shall be protected by a 15 ampere
thermal-magnetic circuit breaker.
n.
The pump station, as furnished by the manufacturer, shall be
completely wired, except for power feed lines to the branch circuit
breakers and final connections to remote alarm devices. All wiring,
workmanship, and schematic wiring diagrams shall comply with
applicable standards and specifications of the National Electric Code
(NEC).
o.
Factory installed conduit shall conform to following requirements:
1.
All conduit and fittings to be UL listed.
2.
Liquid tight flexible metal conduit to be constructed of smooth,
flexible galvanized steel core with smooth abrasion resistant,
liquid tight polyvinyl chloride cover.
3.
Conduit to be supported in accordance with articles 346, 347,
and 350 of the National Electric Code.
4.
Conduit shall be sized according to the National Electric
Code.
5.
Station manufacturer shall ground all electrical equipment
inside the pump station to the control panel back plate. All
paint must be removed from the ground-mounting surface
before making final connection. The contractor shall provide
an earth driven ground connection to the pump station at the
main grounding lug in accordance with the National Electric
Code (NEC).
17-28
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
11.
M.
Liquid Level Control:
a.
The level control system shall start and stop the pump motors in
response to changes in wet well level.
b.
The level control system shall be ultrasonic type Milltronics
Hydroranger Plus.
c.
The level control system shall utilize the alternator relay to select first
one pump, then the second pump, to run as lead pump for a pumping
cycle. Alternation shall occur at the end of a pumping cycle.
d.
The level control system shall utilize an ultrasonic transmitter which
shall continuously monitor the wet well level, permitting the operator
to read wet well level at any time.
e.
An alarm silence pushbutton and relay shall be provided to permit
maintenance personnel to de-energize the audible alarm device
while corrective actions are under way. After silencing the alarm
device, manual reset of the alarm condition shall clear the alarm
silence relay automatically. The pushbutton shall be oil tight design
with contacts rated NEMA A300 minimum.
f.
Station manufacturer will supply one 115 VAC alarm light fixture with
vapor-tight shatter resistant red globe, conduit box, and mounting
base. The design must prevent rainwater from collecting in the
gasketed area of the fixture, between the base and globe. The alarm
light will be shipped loose for installation by the contractor.
g.
Station manufacturer will supply one 115 VAC weatherproof alarm
horn with projector, conduit box, and mounting base. The design
must prevent rainwater from collecting in any part of the horn. The
alarm horn will be shipped loose for installation by the contractor.
GRINDER PUMP STATION
Under conditions that arise from time to time, where normal installations cannot be
implemented, Charleston Water System will review submittals for grinder pump
installation. When it has been approved, the following criteria shall be used:
1.
Duplex station only - with guide rails.
2.
No motors larger than 2 Hp.
3.
Approved Manufacturer: ABS Piranha E-2
17-29
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
4.
5.
Minimum 5' diameter precast concrete wetwell with separate valve box
(locking type).
a.
Coat wetwell and valve box with Raven 405 Epoxy System.
b.
Coating shall be applied by a Raven Certified Applicator.
c.
Coating shall be tested for pinholes using approved spark test
method. Applicator shall be responsible for correcting any defects
found during testing.
Control panel shall be as follows:
a.
The electrical controls for single-phase pumps shall be mounted in
NEMA 12, Type 316 stainless steel enclosure with drip shield and 3point locking latch with padlocking provisions. Single-phase power
shall be 120/240V, 60 HZ, 3 wire, grounded neutral system. All
conduits to and from the pump shall be sealed and protected against
wear penetration.
b.
A separate hinged inner door shall be provided for mounting the
padlockable door interlocking handle of the main disconnect switch,
green running lights, H-O-A switches, red seal alarm lights, 6 digit
totalizers and 120 VAC GFI receptacle.
c.
A 20 amp two-pole main disconnect switch shall be provided to deenergize the control panel. From the load side of this switch a twopole 20A circuit breaker for each motor short-circuit protection.
d.
The 120V control circuits shall be protected by a maximum 6-amp
single-pole circuit breaker connected to the load side of the main
disconnect switch. There shall be a separate maximum 6 amp
single-pole circuit breaker for each high level alarm circuit only and
be connected parallel to the control circuit breaker to ensure high
level alarm function after tripping of control breaker and motor branch
circuit breaker.
e.
Each motor will be protected by an adjustable, 2-pole bimetallic
overload relay, meeting NEMA Class 10 tripping characteristics and
shall be temperature compensated. The UL listed overload relay
must be approved to be used in control panels. The control auxiliary
contact of the overload relay must be connected in series with the
motor contactor coil to switch off the contactor in the event of
overload.
17-30
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
f.
The UL listed NEMA sized motor contactor must have a guaranteed
component life span without maintenance or contact replacement of
1 million operations. (Definite purpose contactors will not be
allowed.)
g.
The inherent motor over temperature contacts shall be connected in
series with the motor contactor.
h.
There will be an electronic seal alarm monitoring relay installed with
voltage at the sensor and shall not exceed 24V with a signal current
not to exceed 0.5mA.
i.
All pilot devices mounted at the inner door shall have phenolic or
metallic engraved name plates. The control panel shall be fitted with
an integral red (min 40 watt) bulb flashing, tamper proof alarm light.
j.
All starting capacitors, run capacitors and voltage sensing start
relays shall be of heavy duty quality.
k.
The pumps shall be controlled by ultrasonic level device.
sections on “LEVEL CONTROL”
l.
There will also be installed in the control panel a device for automatic
electrical alternation of pumps.
m.
Provided to Charleston Water System one (1) additional pump for
inventory.
n.
All electrical work shall be performed by licensed personnel.
o.
Apply for all applicable electrical permits.
p.
All installations shall be in accordance with National Electrical Code.
q.
All wires shall have a wire-around wire identification number as
shown in the wiring diagram at both ends. All components shall be
identified with the same number as shown in the wiring diagram.
r.
Five (5) year warranty on pump.
17-31
EC-MGT-18 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
See
SECTION 18
WASTEWATER COLLECTION SYSTEM PUMP STATION
CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
The following information covers wastewater collection system pump station
construction procedures and is applicable to all developments requiring
wastewater service from Charleston Water System. No deviation from these
procedures will be allowed without the expressed written consent of Charleston
Water System.
A.
B.
GENERAL
1.
Construction of water and wastewater systems to be turned over to
Charleston Water System must be performed by a Charleston Water
System Approved Contractor. The Approved Contractor lists for both Large
Projects (those greater than $50,000) and Small Projects (those $50,000
and less) are available on our website. Requirements for being considered
an Approved Contractor can be obtained by contacting the Assistant
Director
of
Engineering
and
Construction
by
email
at
[email protected] or by telephone at (843) 727-6876.
2.
Prior to construction activities taking place, the Developer’s Engineer shall
coordinate in advance a Pre-Construction Meeting with the assigned
Charleston Water System Construction Inspector.
The Developer,
Developer’s Engineer, Approved Contractor(s), and Charleston Water
System’s Construction Inspector shall be in attendance at a minimum.
3.
If any requirements for carrying out project construction are not met,
Charleston Water System reserves the right to have the Developer’s
Engineer issue a STOP WORK ORDER.
OPERATION OF CHARLESTON WATER SYSTEM VALVES
No Charleston Water System valve shall be operated without prior approval of
Charleston Water system.
C.
HANDLING OF MATERIALS
1.
General:
a.
Store rubber gaskets under cover and out of direct sunlight. Do not
store nuts, bolts, glands, and other accessories directly on the
ground. Keep inside of pipe and fittings free of dirt and debris.
18-1
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
3.
D.
b.
Keep valves off the ground and keep interior free of dirt and debris.
Do not expose valve interior to direct sunlight.
c.
Handle pipe so as to ensure delivery in sound, undamaged condition.
d.
Carry pipe into position. Use pinch bars, slings or tongs for aligning
or turning the pipe.
e.
Use care not to damage Ductile Iron Pipe linings.
Submersible Pumps:
a.
Store pump in shipping container until ready for use. The pump
should be covered to protect it from dust, dirt and water. The ends
of the cable must be protected against moisture.
b.
Do not allow the pump to freeze. If the pump must be stored in a
sub-freezing environment, consult the factory for specific
recommendations.
c.
Prior to installation, the pump motor should be rotated by hand to
ensure the mechanical seals are free-spinning.
Self-Priming Pumps:
a.
Carefully transport, store, handle and set each unit in place to
prevent distortion, misalignment or other damage.
b.
Off-load equipment at installation site using equipment of sufficient
size and design to prevent injury or damage.
c.
Immediately after off-loading, inspect complete pump station and
appurtenances for shipping damage or missing parts.
d.
Validate all station serial numbers and parts list with shipping
documentation.
WETWELL
1.
Install wetwell in accordance with pertinent provisions for manhole
installation in Section 13 of these Standards.
2.
The bottom slab of the wetwell shall be set on a minimum of 18" of No. 57
stone. See Construction Details
3.
Set base level so that walls will be plumb.
18-2
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
4.
Form constant height slope on walls of wetwell bottom using Portland
cement grout. See Construction Details
5.
Steps shall not be used in wetwell.
6.
All interior hardware shall be Type 316 stainless steel including, but not
limited to, the following:
7.
a.
Lifting chains
b.
Anchor bolts
c.
Bolts, nuts, and washers
d.
Guide rails and supports
e.
Rail guides
f.
Power cable holder
g.
Cable strain support
h.
Float cable holder
Coatings:
a.
Coat all interior concrete surfaces of wetwell to include walls and
bottom surface of the top slab.
1.
Coating shall be Raven 405 Epoxy System and shall be
applied by a Raven Certified Applicator.
2.
Care shall be taken to protect all pumps, valves, piping and
internal hardware form overspray during application.
3.
Coating shall be installed at 120 mils nominal thickness.
Applicator shall verify thickness during installation by the use
of a wet film thickness gauge.
4.
Coating shall be tested for pinholes using approved spark test
method. Applicator shall be responsible for correcting any
defects found during testing.
18-3
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
E.
F.
LEVEL CONTROLS
1.
Primary level control by Milltronics Hydroranger Plus with transducer.
Backup level control by two (2) floats, one at high-high level, one at low-low
level.
2.
Locate ultrasonic transducer per manufacturer’s recommendations.
3.
Locate backup floats where flow from the inlet pipe will not interfere with the
floats.
4.
Provide a separate hanger for the float cables.
PIPING AND FITTINGS
1.
Join pipe in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide
all special tools and devices, such as special jacks, chokers, and similar
items required for proper installation. Lubricants for the pipe gaskets shall
be used and shall be the manufacturer’s standards.
2.
Flanged pipe:
3.
a.
Prior to connecting flanged pipe, the faces of the flanges shall be
thoroughly cleaned of all oil, grease, and foreign material.
b.
Rubber gaskets shall be checked for proper fit and thoroughly
cleaned.
c.
Care shall be taken to ensure proper seating of the flange gasket.
d.
Bolts shall be tightened so that the pressure on the gasket is uniform.
Torque-limiting wrenches shall be used to ensure uniform bearing
insofar as possible.
e.
If joints leak when the hydrostatic test is applied, the gaskets shall
be removed and reset and bolts re-tightened.
Restraining Glands:
a.
Adjoining surfaces shall be clean, lubricated and meet the
requirements of ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11.
b.
Install using assembly recommendations established in
ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 as well as installation instructions
provided by the manufacturer.
18-4
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
G.
VALVES
1.
2.
3.
4.
General:
a.
Install
all
valves
recommendations.
in
accordance
with
manufacturer’s
b.
Valves shall be installed plumb and level.
c.
After installation, valves shall be fully operated in the presence of the
Charleston Water System inspector.
Cushioned swing check valves:
a.
Provide one cushioned swing check valves on each discharge pipe.
b.
Mount the cushioned chamber to the side of the valve body with
piston operating in chamber, which will prevent valve closing without
any hammering action.
c.
Shock absorption by air: Adjustable closing speed.
d.
Approved manufacturer: G.A. Industries, Inc., Figure 250-D.
Plug valves:
a.
Provide three gear operated hand wheel actuated plug valves, one
on each discharge piping to permit either or both pumps to be
isolated from the header, and one on the bypass pumping
connection. See Construction Details
b.
Furnish valve with a drip tight shutoff plug mounted in stainless steel
bearings.
c.
Furnish plug valves, with "open-left" operation.
d.
Approved manufacturer: DeZurik or Pratt.
Air release valve:
a.
Equip above ground discharge piping with automatic air release
valve designed to permit the escape of air to the atmosphere.
b.
Valve shall have Type 316 stainless steel body, cover and cover
bolts with an NPT inlet and outlet connection.
18-5
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
H.
c.
Provide a Type 316 stainless steel ball valve and union connection
on the inlet piping.
d.
Valve shall be GA Industries Figure 942SS-F. See Construction
Details
SCADA RADIO ANTENNA AND ANTENNA POLE
1.
General:
a.
This section describes general requirements for radio antenna poles
up to 60’ in height.
b.
Requirements for radio antenna towers and poles greater than 60’ in
height will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis.
c.
For additional information regarding requirements for radio antennas
antenna poles and hardware installation material contact Charleston
Water System’s New Development Program Manager at (843)7276869.
2.
All antenna poles shall be installed as close as physically possible to Motor
Control Center (MCC) or building housing the Remote Telemetry Unit
(RTU).
3.
Site Conditions:
a.
Verify all underground utility locations before digging for installation
of antenna poles or underground conduit.
b.
Contractor shall determine to his own satisfaction the location and
nature of all surface and subsurface obstacles and soil conditions
which will be encountered during the construction.
4.
A licensed surveyor shall be employed to ensure antenna pole is installed
level and plumb.
5.
Antenna shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommended procedures and requirements.
6.
Final installation shall be inspected and certified by a licensed party,
individual, or regulatory agency as required by local codes. All costs for
permitting, inspections and certifications are the responsibility of the
Developer.
18-6
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
7.
Wood pole and antenna mast:
a.
Conform to all applicable local codes and regulations for erection of
utility poles. Place backfill in layers not more than 8” in loose depth.
Compact each layer to not less than 95% proctor density, ASTM D1557. Use hand compaction adjacent to buildings and other
structures.
b.
Use concrete backfill when solid rock is encountered or where
existing soil conditions upon compaction do not provide a stable
foundation for the pole.
c.
Where solid rock is encountered near grade, pole depth below grade
shall be a minimum of 4’. Notify the Engineer when solid rock is
encountered. Alternative locations will be allowed with Charleston
Water System approval if the communication path is not obstructed
and transmission losses are not substantially increased.
d.
Coordinate cad welding of antenna mast and lightning rods and
installation of cables prior to installation.
e.
Wooden poles using direct burial or concrete caisson foundations:
1.
Provide and install two (2) each ¾” diameter, 10’ long copper
clad grounding rods. One ground rod shall be installed on
each side of concrete caisson or direct burial pole 180
degrees apart.
2.
Provide and install one (1) ground wire the entire length of the
pole.
3.
Cad weld grounding wire from lightning rod and antenna mast
to top of pole.
4.
Cad weld ground wire and pole bottom with two (2) ground
wires and cad welded to copper clad grounding rods.
5.
Wooden poles with one Yagi directional antenna system, the
antenna system may serve as the lightning rod. Top front of
directional antenna shall be installed low enough on antenna
mast to provide a minimum 45 degree angle from the top of
mast to front top of antenna.
6.
One antenna system using Omni: Provide one (1) 2”
galvanized 10’ antenna mast and one (1) ¾” copper ground
rod bonded to antenna mast and pole. The lightning rod tip
18-7
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
shall be above the highest antenna tip and shall have a
minimum 45 degree angle.
8.
7.
Weatherproof all exterior antenna connections.
8.
Antenna mast shall be wire cad bonded to ground wire.
9.
Install the antenna mast vertically on top of wooden pole by
drilling mast and wooden pol in two (2) locations with a
minimum hole spacing 12” apart. Using carriage nuts and
bolts and lock washers, bolt through antenna mast and
wooden pole to tightly secure mast to pole.
10.
Provide coaxial mounting clips every 24” for entire length of
coaxial cable.
11.
Provide and install two (2) coaxial grounding kits, one on top
of mast and one at bottom of coaxial cable. Bond to ground
wire.
12.
Point/aim antenna per Charleston Water System provided
coordinates.
Steel pole and antenna mast:
a.
Install pole in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
b.
Inspect antenna pole assembly upon delivery and verify the integrity
of the equipment delivered.
c.
Mount all required antenna/coax standoff equipment. Provide coaxial
mounting clips every 24” for entire length of coaxial cable.
d.
Install four (4) each ¾” diameter, 10’ copper clad grounding rods.
Install one (1) on each side of concrete pole base.
e.
Cad weld two (2) ground wires at base of pole, 180 degrees apart.
Cad weld ground wire to each grounding rod.
f.
Cad weld two (2) grounding wires, one from lightning rod and one
from antenna mast, to top of the pole.
g.
One antenna system: Provide one (1) 2” galvanized 10’ antenna
mast and one (1) ¾” copper ground rod bonded to antenna mast and
pole. The lightning rod tip shall be above the highest antenna tip and
shall have a minimum 45 degree angle.
18-8
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
9.
h.
Two antenna system mounting one Yagi and one Omni: Provide two
(2) 2” galvanized antenna mast, one 10’ and one 5’. Omni antenna
shall be mounted on 10’ mast.
i.
Weatherproof all exterior antenna connections.
j.
Provide and install two (2) coaxial grounding kits, one on top of mast
and one at bottom of coaxial cable. Bond to ground wire.
k.
Point/aim antenna
coordinates.
per
Charleston Water
System
provided
Fiberglass poles and antenna masts:
a.
Install pole in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.
b.
Inspect antenna pole assembly upon delivery and verify the integrity
of the equipment delivered.
c.
Mount all required antenna/coax standoff equipment.
d.
Attach a number four copper ground wire to the entire length of the
fiberglass pole on the opposite side of the pole from the transmission
cable. At the base, cad weld connect two (2) ¾” diameter, 10’ long
copper ground rounds. At the top, connect ground wire to extension
mast. Connect lighting rod to the ground wire and mount to the top
of the pole.
e.
Bury poles to the manufacturer’s recommended burial depth in
undisturbed earth.
f.
Place backfill in layers no more than 6” in loose depth and compact
to not less than 95% proctor density, ASTM D-1557. Compact each
layer to required density. Use hand compaction adjacent to buildings
and other structures.
g.
Install a mower ring around base of pole to prevent damage by lawn
equipment.
h.
Install two (4) each ¾” diameter, 10’ copper clad grounding rods.
Install one (1) on each side of concrete pole base.
i.
Fiberglass poles using direct burial or concrete caisson foundations:
1.
Provide and install two (2) each ¾” diameter, 10’ long copper
clad grounding rods. One ground rod shall be installed on
18-9
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
each side of concrete caisson or direct burial pole 180
degrees apart.
I.
2.
Provide and install one (1) ground wire the entire length of the
pole.
3.
Cad weld grounding wire from lightning rod and antenna mast
to top of pole.
4.
Cad weld ground wire and pole bottom with two (2) ground
wires and cad welded to copper clad grounding rods.
5.
Mount coax cable and antenna(s) in accordance with
approved manufacturer’s installation and antenna mounting
practices for fiberglass poles.
6.
Weatherproof all exterior antenna connections.
7.
Provide and install two (2) coaxial grounding kits, one on top
of mast and one at bottom of coaxial cable. Bond to ground
wire.
8.
Point/aim antenna per Charleston Water System provided
coordinates.
FENCING
1.
Fencing installation shall not begin before the proposed fence line has been
inspected for low areas and incidental grading and compacting have been
completed.
2.
Excavation for post footings shall be drilled holes in virgin or compacted
soil.
3.
Depth of each post shall be set as specified by the manufacturer, but not
less than 24” below finished grade when in firm, undisturbed soil. Posts
shall be set deeper, as required, in soft and problem soils and for heavy
lateral loads.
4.
Setting posts:
a.
Loose and foreign material shall be removed from holes and the soil
moistened prior to placing concrete.
b.
Top of footings shall be trowel-finished and sloped or domed to carry
water away from posts.
18-10
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
J.
K.
5.
All posts to be plumb.
6.
All posts should be able to pass a pull test when a force of 48 pounds is
applied perpendicular to the fence at the top of the post. The post should
not deflect more than 1” at the locations where the force is applied.
7.
Concrete:
a.
Concrete shall conform to ASTM C 94/C94M. Mix shall be designed
to obtain concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of
2,500 psi.
b.
Concrete shall have attained at 75 percent of its minimum 28-day
compressive strength, but in no case sooner than 7 calendar days
after placement, before rails or fabric are installed. Fabric and wires
shall not be stretched or gates hung until the concrete has attained
its full strength.
ASPHALT
1.
Provide asphaltic concrete pavement across entire pump station site,
extending a minimum of 6” past fence line.
2.
Provide asphaltic concrete paved entrance road, minimum 16’ wide.
3.
Asphaltic concrete pavement shall comply with the following requirements:
a.
Underlayment - Provide geofrabric underlayment.
b.
Stabilized Aggregate Base Course (SABC) – Provide SABC In
accordance with SCDOT Standard Specifications, Section 306, Type
1, placed at a depth of 6”, compacted to 95% of maximum dry density
in accordance with ASTM D 1557, Method D.
c.
Prime Coat – Applied uniformly at a rate of 0.5 gallons per square
yard over compacted and cleaned sub-base surface in accordance
with SCDOT Standard Specifications.
d.
Surface Course - Provide hot laid asphaltic concrete surface course
in accordance with SCDOT Standard Specifications, Section 403,
Type 2 Asphaltic Concrete, placed at a minimum depth of 2”.
SUBMERSIBLE PUMP STATION
1.
Use base plate as a template for drilling individual hole patterns. Mount
base plates using Type 316 stainless steel expansion anchors.
18-11
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
Form constant height slope on walls of wetwell bottom using Portland
cement grout. See Construction Details
3.
Assemble guide rails to access frame and plumb the assembly.
4.
Install cable holder to precast top: Use Type 316 stainless steel anchors.
5.
Install pumps and piping, plumbing the assembly for proper alignment and
fit.
6.
Seal around inlet and discharge piping with non-shrink grout.
7.
Install power cables using cable strain relief and cord grips (stainless steel).
8.
Field wiring:
9.
a.
Extend grounding wire from control panel main ground screw to
external ground as shown in details. Comply with NEC and local
electrical codes.
b.
Make motor lead, level control, temperature sensor, moisture sensor,
and power supply connections.
c.
Seal all conduits between junction box and control panel as shown
in details. Comply with all pertinent National Electric Code
requirements.
d.
Seal conduit terminations in control panel with duct seal.
Electrical schematic:
Provide three (3) laminated electrical schematic diagrams of the pump
controls including terminal board connections.
a.
Permanently mount one (1) schematic diagram on the inside of the
enclosure door.
b.
Include one (1) schematic diagram in inside panel door document
pouch.
c.
Provide one (1) schematic diagram to CPW’s Pump Station Senior
Supervisor.
18-12
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
10.
Startup and Testing:
a.
Provide a factory authorized representative throughout duration of
startup and performance testing. Factory representative shall
remain on site until startup and performance testing has been
accepted by Charleston Water System.
b.
The Developer’s Engineer shall conduct testing of pump station
pumps and controls to verify operating parameters are met per
design criteria. The Developer’s Engineer shall be responsible for
coordinating the pump manufacturers, the Charleston Water System
representative, and the contractor for draw down testing.
c.
In the presence of the Developer’s Engineer and Charleston Water
System:
d.
1.
Remove pump from structure.
2.
Replace, demonstrating proper alignment and operation of
mating parts.
3.
Operate pumps utilizing manual and automatic modes.
4.
Demonstrate proper operational sequences, including alarm
conditions.
5.
Measure amperage, voltage, pumping rate and discharge
pressure for:
a.
Each pump operating separately.
b.
Both pumps operating simultaneously.
The Developer’s Engineer shall submit six (6) copies of final test
report to Charleston Water System.
11.
Provide six (6) copies of the Operations and Maintenance Manuals.
12.
Spare parts:
a.
Provide the following minimum spare parts:
1.
One of each seal assemblies
2.
One complete set of bearings
18-13
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
b.
L.
3.
One set of wear rings
4.
One of each type relay
5.
One pump alternator
6.
One float switch with cable
7.
One of each type pilot light
8.
One box of each type lamp
9.
One set of fuses complete
Package in one container all spare parts and clearly identify on the
outside what the unit is for. Seal tightly and properly protect for long
term storage.
SELF-PRIMING PUMP STATION
1.
Installation:
a.
Install, level, align, and lubricated pump station as indicated on
project drawings. Installation must be in accordance with written
instructions supplied by the manufacturer at time of delivery.
b.
Fasteners at all pipe connections must be tight. Install pipe with
supports and thrust blocks to prevent strain and vibration on pump
station piping. Install and secure all service lines (level control, air
release valve or pump drain lines) as required in wetwell.
c.
Check motor and control data plates for compatibility to site voltage.
Install and test the station ground prior to connecting line voltage to
station control panel.
d.
Prior to applying electrical power to any motors or control equipment,
check all wiring for tight connection. Verify that protective devices
(fuses and circuit breakers) conform to project design documents.
Manually operate circuit breakers and switches to ensure operation
without binding. Open all circuit breakers and disconnects before
connecting utility power. Verify line voltage, phase sequence and
ground before actual start-up.
e.
After all anchor bolts, piping and control connections are installed,
completely fill the grout dam in the pump station base with non-shrink
grout.
18-14
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
2.
Startup and Testing:
a.
The Developer’s Engineer shall coordinate station startup and
testing of pump station pump and controls with manufacturer’s
representative or factory service technician, the Charleston Water
System representative, and the Contractor.
b.
Manufacturer’s representative or factory service technician shall
remain on site until startup and performance testing has been
accepted by Charleston Water System.
c.
The manufacturer’s representative or factory service technician will
inspect the completed installation. He will calibrate and adjust
instrumentation, correct or supervise correction of defects or
malfunctions, and instruct operating personnel in proper operation
and maintenance procedures.
d.
Tests shall demonstrate that all equipment is electrically,
mechanically, structurally, and otherwise acceptable; it is safe and in
optimum working condition; and conforms to the specified operating
characteristics.
e.
Be alert to any undue noise, vibration or other operational problems.
f.
In the presence of the Developer’s Engineer and Charleston Water
System:
g.
1.
Remove pump from structure.
2.
Replace, demonstrating proper alignment and operation of
mating parts.
3.
Operate pumps utilizing manual and automatic modes.
4.
Demonstrate proper operational sequences, including alarm
conditions.
5.
Measure amperage, voltage, pumping rate and discharge
pressure for:
a.
Each pump operating separately
b.
Both pumps operating simultaneously
The Developer’s Engineer shall submit six (6) copies of final test
report to Charleston Water System.
18-15
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
3.
h.
Prior to acceptance, inspect interior and exterior of pump station for
dirt, splashed material or damaged paint.
Clean or repair
accordingly. Remove from the job site all tools, surplus materials,
scrap and debris.
i.
The pump station should be placed into service immediately. If
operation is delayed, drain water from pumps and piping. Open
motor circuit breakers and protect station controls and interior
equipment from cold and moisture.
Electrical schematic:
Provide three (3) laminated electrical schematic diagrams of the pump
controls including terminal board connections.
4.
a.
Permanently mount one (1) schematic diagram on the inside of the
enclosure door.
b.
Include one (1) schematic diagram in inside panel door document
pouch.
c.
Provide one (1) schematic diagram to CPW’s Pump Station Senior
Supervisor.
Spare parts:
a.
Provide the following:
1.
One complete rotating assembly: shaft, mechanical seal,
impeller with all gaskets, seals, sleeves, O-rings, and packs
required to be replaced during replacement of the seal.
2.
One spare pump mechanical seal (complete), all gaskets,
seals, sleeves, O-rings, and packs required to be replaced
during replacement of the seal.
3.
One set of impeller clearance adjustment shims
4.
One quart of seal lubricant
5.
One of each type relay
6.
One pump alternator
7.
One float switch with cable
18-16
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
b.
8.
One of each type pilot light
9.
One box of each type lamp
10.
One set of fuses complete
Package in one container and clearly identify on the outside. Seal
tightly and properly protect for long term storage.
18-17
EC-MGT-19 (Rev. 06/02/17)
When printed, this document is uncontrolled.
Similar